1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
69 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
71 #include "insn-config.h"
79 #include "dwarf2out.h"
80 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
86 #include "diagnostic.h"
89 #include "langhooks.h"
94 #include "tree-pass.h"
96 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
97 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
99 static rtx last_var_location_insn;
102 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
103 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
105 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
106 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
107 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
108 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
109 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
110 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
111 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
112 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
114 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
115 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
118 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
119 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
120 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
121 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
123 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
127 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
128 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
129 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
130 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
131 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
134 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
135 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm = 0;
137 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
141 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
143 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
144 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
145 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
146 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
147 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
148 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO || saved_do_cfi_asm
149 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
150 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
151 && (flag_unwind_tables
152 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)))
157 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
160 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
164 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
167 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm || !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
169 if (saved_do_cfi_asm)
171 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE)
174 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
175 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
176 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
177 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
179 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
180 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
183 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE)
185 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
188 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
193 saved_do_cfi_asm = true;
197 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
199 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
202 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
203 must be kept around forever. */
204 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
206 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
207 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
208 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
210 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
212 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
213 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
214 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
215 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
216 define type declaration DIE's. */
217 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
219 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
220 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
221 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
222 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
223 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
224 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
225 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
226 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
227 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
228 static GTY(()) section *debug_dcall_section;
229 static GTY(()) section *debug_vcall_section;
230 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
231 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
232 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
234 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
236 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality;
238 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
239 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
240 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
243 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
244 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
245 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
247 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
248 Information instructions. The register number, offset
249 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
250 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
252 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
254 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
260 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct {
261 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
262 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
263 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
264 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
268 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct {
269 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
270 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
271 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
273 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
278 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
279 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
280 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
281 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
282 of this structure. */
283 typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc {
284 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
285 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
287 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect : 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
288 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use : 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
291 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
292 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
293 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
294 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
295 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
297 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct {
299 const char *dw_fde_begin;
300 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
301 const char *dw_fde_end;
302 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
303 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
304 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
305 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
306 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
307 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
308 unsigned funcdef_number;
309 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment;
310 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
311 unsigned int drap_reg;
312 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
313 unsigned int vdrap_reg;
314 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
315 unsigned nothrow : 1;
316 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
317 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
318 unsigned stack_realign : 1;
319 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
320 unsigned drap_reg_saved: 1;
321 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
322 unsigned in_std_section : 1;
323 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
324 cold_text_section. */
325 unsigned cold_in_std_section : 1;
326 /* True iff switched sections. */
327 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections : 1;
328 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
329 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot : 1;
333 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
334 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
336 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
337 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
338 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
339 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
341 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
342 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
345 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
346 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
347 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
350 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
351 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
354 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
356 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
357 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
360 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
361 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
362 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
365 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
366 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
368 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
369 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
372 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
373 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
374 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
376 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
377 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
378 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
379 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
381 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
385 /* CIE identifier. */
386 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
387 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
388 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
390 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
393 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
394 information for each routine. */
395 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
397 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
398 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
400 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
401 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
403 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
405 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
407 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
409 static inline dw_fde_ref
412 return fde_table_in_use ? &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1] : NULL;
415 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
416 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
418 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
419 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
420 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
421 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
422 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
423 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
426 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node {
428 unsigned int refcount;
429 enum dwarf_form form;
433 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
435 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
437 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced = false;
439 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
440 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
442 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
443 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
445 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
447 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used = false;
448 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used = false;
450 /* The default cold text section. */
451 static GTY(()) section *cold_text_section;
453 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
455 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
457 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
458 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
459 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
460 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
461 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
462 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *, dw_cfa_location *);
463 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
464 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
465 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
466 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
468 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
470 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
471 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref);
472 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
473 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
474 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
475 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx);
476 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
478 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
479 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
480 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref);
481 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
482 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
483 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
484 (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
485 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_aligned_loc
486 (HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT);
487 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
489 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
490 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
491 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
494 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
495 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
496 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
498 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
499 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
502 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
503 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
506 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
507 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
510 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
511 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
513 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
514 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
515 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
516 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
517 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
518 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
519 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
520 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
521 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
522 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
524 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
525 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
527 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
529 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
531 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
535 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
536 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
537 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
538 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
541 /* Hook used by __throw. */
544 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
546 unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
547 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
550 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
551 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
554 stripattributes (const char *s)
556 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
561 while (*s && *s != ',')
568 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
569 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
572 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mem, unsigned int c)
574 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = c * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
575 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
576 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
579 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
581 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
582 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
584 HOST_WIDE_INT r = off / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
585 gcc_assert (r * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == off);
589 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
590 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
593 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
595 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT < 0 ? off > 0 : off < 0;
598 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
601 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
604 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
605 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
606 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
607 bool wrote_return_column = false;
609 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
611 int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
613 if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
615 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
616 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
619 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
620 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
621 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
623 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
625 wrote_return_column = true;
627 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
631 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
632 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
636 if (!wrote_return_column)
637 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
639 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
640 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
643 targetm.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address);
646 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
649 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
653 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
654 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
656 return "DW_CFA_offset";
658 return "DW_CFA_restore";
662 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
663 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
664 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
665 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
666 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
667 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
668 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
669 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
670 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
671 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
672 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
673 case DW_CFA_undefined:
674 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
675 case DW_CFA_same_value:
676 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
677 case DW_CFA_register:
678 return "DW_CFA_register";
679 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
680 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
681 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
682 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
684 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
685 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
686 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
687 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
688 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
691 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
692 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
693 case DW_CFA_expression:
694 return "DW_CFA_expression";
695 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
696 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
697 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
698 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
699 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
700 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
702 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
703 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
704 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
707 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
708 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
709 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
710 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
711 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
712 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
715 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
719 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
721 static inline dw_cfi_ref
724 dw_cfi_ref cfi = GGC_NEW (dw_cfi_node);
726 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
727 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
728 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
733 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
736 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
739 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
741 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
742 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
743 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
744 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
745 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
746 if (0 && fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
747 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
751 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
753 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
760 /* Find the end of the chain. */
761 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
767 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
768 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
771 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force)
773 static char label[20];
775 if (!force && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
777 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
778 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
780 strcpy (label, "<do not output>");
784 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
785 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
791 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
792 static bool emit_cfa_remember;
794 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
795 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
798 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
800 dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
802 if (emit_cfa_remember)
804 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember;
806 /* Emit the state save. */
807 emit_cfa_remember = false;
808 cfi_remember = new_cfi ();
809 cfi_remember->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_remember_state;
810 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi_remember);
813 list_head = &cie_cfi_head;
815 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
819 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
821 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
823 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
824 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
825 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
826 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
827 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
828 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
829 if (dwarf_version == 2
830 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
831 && (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
832 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG))
834 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
836 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
837 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
838 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
840 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
841 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
842 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
843 if (*label == 0 || strcmp (label, "<do not output>") == 0)
844 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
846 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
847 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
851 label = xstrdup (label);
853 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
855 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
856 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
857 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
858 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
859 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_set_loc;
860 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
861 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
862 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
870 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
872 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
874 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
875 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
876 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
877 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
878 sure how to address this for now. */
882 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
884 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
887 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
889 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
890 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
894 label = xstrdup (label);
896 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
898 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
899 set the location directly using set_loc. */
900 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label
901 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
903 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
904 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
906 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
909 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
912 add_cfi (list_head, cfi);
915 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
918 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc, dw_cfa_location *remember)
920 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
923 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
924 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
926 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
927 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
930 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
931 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
932 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
934 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
935 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
938 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
939 gcc_assert (!remember->in_use);
941 remember->in_use = 1;
943 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
944 gcc_assert (remember->in_use);
946 remember->in_use = 0;
954 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
957 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
961 dw_cfa_location remember;
963 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
964 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
967 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
968 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
970 fde = current_fde ();
972 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
973 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
976 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
977 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
979 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
981 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
983 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
984 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember;
986 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
987 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
989 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
990 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
992 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
993 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
994 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
997 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1001 loc.base_offset = 0;
1003 loc.offset = offset;
1004 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
1007 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1010 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
1012 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
1013 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
1014 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
1015 && (loc1->indirect == 0
1016 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
1019 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1020 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1023 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
1026 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
1031 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
1032 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
1034 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
1035 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
1037 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1038 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
1043 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
1045 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1046 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1047 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1048 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1050 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
1052 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
1053 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1056 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1057 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
1058 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
1061 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1062 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1063 offset has not changed. */
1064 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
1065 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1069 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
1071 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1072 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1073 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1074 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1077 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
1079 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
1080 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1081 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1085 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1086 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1087 register-offset pair is available. */
1088 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
1090 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
1091 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
1092 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
1095 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1098 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1099 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1100 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1101 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1104 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1106 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1107 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
1109 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1111 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1114 && fde->stack_realign
1115 && sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1117 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_expression;
1118 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1119 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc
1120 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset, fde->stack_realignment);
1122 else if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1124 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset))
1125 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
1126 else if (reg & ~0x3f)
1127 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
1129 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
1130 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
1132 else if (sreg == reg)
1133 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
1136 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
1137 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
1140 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1143 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1144 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1145 from the previous frame's window save area.
1147 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1148 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1151 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
1153 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1155 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
1156 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1159 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1160 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1163 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1165 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1168 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1169 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1172 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1174 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1177 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1178 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1181 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
1183 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
1186 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1187 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1188 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1191 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
1193 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1194 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1196 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1199 /* RA is in a register. */
1200 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
1204 /* RA is on the stack. */
1205 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
1206 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1209 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1214 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1215 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1219 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1220 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1230 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1231 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1232 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1233 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
1234 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1241 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1242 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1246 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1249 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1250 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1251 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset)
1253 const_rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1254 const_rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1255 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1258 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1260 code = GET_CODE (src);
1262 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1264 if (code == REG && src != stack_pointer_rtx)
1266 offset = -cur_args_size;
1267 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1270 return offset - cur_offset;
1273 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1274 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1275 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
1278 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1279 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1285 if (MEM_P (src) && !MEM_P (dest))
1289 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1290 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1291 code = GET_CODE (src);
1297 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1299 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1300 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1301 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1302 && CONST_INT_P (val));
1303 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1310 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1312 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1319 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1321 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1336 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1337 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1339 static HOST_WIDE_INT *barrier_args_size;
1341 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1343 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1344 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1345 VEC (rtx, heap) **next)
1347 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1350 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1352 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1354 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1355 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), cur_args_size, 0);
1356 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1357 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1359 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1361 for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1362 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1363 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1364 cur_args_size, offset);
1369 rtx expr = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1373 expr = XEXP (expr, 0);
1374 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL
1375 || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1376 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (expr, 0); i++)
1378 rtx elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, i);
1380 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
1381 offset += stack_adjust_offset (elem, cur_args_size, offset);
1386 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1390 cur_args_size += offset;
1391 if (cur_args_size < 0)
1396 rtx dest = JUMP_LABEL (insn);
1400 if (barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] < 0)
1402 barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] = cur_args_size;
1403 VEC_safe_push (rtx, heap, *next, dest);
1408 return cur_args_size;
1411 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1414 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1416 int max_uid = get_max_uid (), i;
1418 VEC (rtx, heap) *worklist, *next, *tmp;
1420 barrier_args_size = XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT, max_uid);
1421 for (i = 0; i < max_uid; i++)
1422 barrier_args_size[i] = -1;
1424 worklist = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1425 next = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1426 insn = get_insns ();
1427 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = 0;
1428 VEC_quick_push (rtx, worklist, insn);
1431 while (!VEC_empty (rtx, worklist))
1433 rtx prev, body, first_insn;
1434 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size;
1436 first_insn = insn = VEC_pop (rtx, worklist);
1437 cur_args_size = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1438 prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
1439 if (prev && BARRIER_P (prev))
1440 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (prev)] = cur_args_size;
1442 for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1444 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn) || NOTE_P (insn))
1446 if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1451 if (insn == first_insn)
1453 else if (barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] < 0)
1455 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = cur_args_size;
1460 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1461 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1466 body = PATTERN (insn);
1467 if (GET_CODE (body) == SEQUENCE)
1469 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size = cur_args_size;
1470 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (body, 0); i++)
1471 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0))
1472 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, i)))
1474 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1475 dest_args_size, &next);
1478 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1479 cur_args_size, &next);
1481 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0)))
1482 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1483 dest_args_size, &next);
1486 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1487 cur_args_size, &next);
1491 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn, cur_args_size, &next);
1495 if (VEC_empty (rtx, next))
1498 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1502 VEC_truncate (rtx, next, 0);
1505 VEC_free (rtx, heap, worklist);
1506 VEC_free (rtx, heap, next);
1509 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1510 pushed onto the stack. */
1513 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1517 if (size == old_args_size)
1520 old_args_size = size;
1523 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
1524 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
1525 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1528 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1531 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, const char *label)
1533 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1534 cfa.offset += offset;
1536 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1537 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1539 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1542 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1546 args_size += offset;
1550 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1551 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1552 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1555 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1556 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1557 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1560 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1562 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1566 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1567 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1568 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1569 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1570 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1573 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1574 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1575 shouldn't change at all. */
1577 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence, 0, 0))
1578 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn))
1581 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1582 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1583 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1585 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1587 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1588 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1589 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1590 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1591 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1592 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1593 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1594 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1599 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1601 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1602 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1605 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1607 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1608 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1609 if (barrier_args_size == NULL && next_nonnote_insn (insn))
1610 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1611 if (barrier_args_size == NULL)
1615 offset = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1620 offset -= args_size;
1621 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1625 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1626 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), args_size, 0);
1627 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1628 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1630 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1632 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1633 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1634 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1643 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1644 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
1649 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1650 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1651 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1653 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save {
1654 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1656 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1660 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1662 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1663 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data {
1668 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1669 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1670 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1671 more efficient data structure. */
1672 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1673 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1675 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1676 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1678 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1679 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1682 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1684 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1686 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1687 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1689 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1690 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1695 q = GGC_NEW (struct queued_reg_save);
1696 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1697 queued_reg_saves = q;
1701 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1702 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1704 last_reg_save_label = label;
1707 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1710 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1712 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1714 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1717 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1719 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1720 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1722 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1724 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1725 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1727 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1729 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1730 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1733 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1735 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1737 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1738 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1741 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1742 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1745 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1746 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1747 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1748 have a new location for? */
1751 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn)
1753 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1755 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1758 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1760 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1761 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1762 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1769 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1772 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1775 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1777 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1778 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1780 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1782 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1783 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1785 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1786 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1788 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1789 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1790 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1793 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1796 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1798 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1800 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1802 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1803 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1806 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1807 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1808 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1809 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1815 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1816 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1817 value, not an offset. */
1818 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1820 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1823 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1825 memset (&cfa, 0, sizeof (cfa));
1827 switch (GET_CODE (pat))
1830 cfa.reg = REGNO (XEXP (pat, 0));
1831 cfa.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (pat, 1));
1835 cfa.reg = REGNO (pat);
1839 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1843 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1846 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1849 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1853 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat) == SET);
1854 dest = XEXP (pat, 0);
1855 src = XEXP (pat, 1);
1857 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1860 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1861 cfa.offset -= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1871 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1872 gcc_assert (cfa.indirect == 0);
1874 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1877 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1880 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set, const char *label)
1882 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1883 rtx src, addr, span;
1885 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1886 addr = XEXP (set, 0);
1887 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr));
1888 addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
1890 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1891 switch (GET_CODE (addr))
1894 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr) == cfa.reg);
1895 offset = -cfa.offset;
1898 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1899 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)) - cfa.offset;
1905 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
1907 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1908 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1910 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1913 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
1914 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
1917 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
1919 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
1921 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
1922 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1924 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
1926 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem)),
1927 INVALID_REGNUM, span_offset);
1928 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
1933 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
1936 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set, const char *label)
1939 unsigned sregno, dregno;
1941 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1942 dest = XEXP (set, 0);
1945 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
1947 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src));
1949 dregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest));
1951 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1952 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1953 reg_save (label, sregno, dregno, 0);
1956 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
1959 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg, const char *label)
1961 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1962 unsigned int regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1964 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = (regno & ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended : DW_CFA_restore);
1965 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = regno;
1967 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1970 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1971 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1972 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1973 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1975 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1976 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1977 users need not read the source code.
1979 The High-Level Picture
1981 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1982 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1983 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1984 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1985 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1987 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1988 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1989 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1990 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1991 saves. This also seems to work.
1993 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1994 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1995 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1996 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1997 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1998 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1999 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2000 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2001 value as in the caller.
2003 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2004 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2005 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2006 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2008 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2011 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2013 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2014 consists of a register and an offset.
2015 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2016 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2017 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2018 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2019 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2020 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2021 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2023 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2024 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2025 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2028 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2029 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2030 and cfa_temp.offset.
2032 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2035 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2036 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2037 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2039 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2040 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2041 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2042 register instead of CFA+offset.
2046 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2047 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2050 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2051 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2052 cfa.offset unchanged
2053 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2054 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2057 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2058 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2059 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2060 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2061 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2062 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2065 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2066 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2067 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2070 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2071 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2073 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2074 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2075 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2078 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2079 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2081 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2082 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2085 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2086 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2087 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2090 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2091 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2092 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2095 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2099 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2100 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2101 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2104 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2105 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2106 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2108 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2111 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2112 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2113 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2115 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2118 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2121 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2122 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2125 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2126 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2127 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2130 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2131 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2132 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2133 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2136 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2137 effects: target-dependent
2140 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2141 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2142 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2143 cfa_store.offset = 0
2144 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2147 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2148 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2151 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2152 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2153 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2154 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2157 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2158 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2160 && cfa.indirect == 0
2161 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2162 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2163 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */
2166 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
2168 rtx src, dest, span;
2169 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
2172 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2173 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2174 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2175 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2176 flag is set in them. */
2177 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2180 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
2183 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2184 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2185 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2186 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2187 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2188 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL)
2189 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2191 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2192 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2193 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem))
2194 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2195 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2198 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2200 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2201 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2202 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2203 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2204 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2205 else if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2207 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
2209 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2210 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2211 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = stack_adjust_offset (elem, args_size, 0);
2214 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
2220 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
2222 src = SET_SRC (expr);
2223 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
2227 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
2232 fde = current_fde ();
2234 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
2237 switch (GET_CODE (src))
2239 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2241 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
2244 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2245 relative to the current CFA register.
2247 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2248 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2249 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2250 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2251 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2252 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2253 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2257 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2258 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
2259 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2260 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
2261 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
2263 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2264 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2265 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2266 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2268 && fde->stack_realign
2269 && REGNO (src) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2270 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2271 && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM
2272 && cfa.reg != REGNO (src));
2274 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
2281 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
2285 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
2288 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2291 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
2293 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
2299 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2301 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2302 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2303 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2305 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
2306 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2309 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
2311 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2313 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2314 cfa.offset += offset;
2315 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2316 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2318 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2321 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2322 or adjusting the FP */
2323 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
2325 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2326 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2327 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2328 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2329 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2331 cfa.offset += offset;
2332 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2336 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
2339 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2340 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2341 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2343 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2344 into the FP later on. */
2345 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2346 cfa.offset += offset;
2347 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2348 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2349 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2350 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2354 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2355 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2356 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2358 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2359 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2360 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2361 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
2362 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
2366 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
2367 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2369 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2370 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2379 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2380 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
2385 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2386 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2387 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2389 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
2390 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2391 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2394 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2395 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2402 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
2403 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
2404 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
2409 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2410 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2412 if (fde && XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2414 gcc_assert (cfa_store.reg == REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)));
2415 fde->stack_realign = 1;
2416 fde->stack_realignment = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2417 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2419 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2420 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2421 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg;
2429 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2434 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2436 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
2441 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2442 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
2444 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
2446 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2447 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2449 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2450 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2451 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2453 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2459 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2460 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
2463 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0))
2464 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2465 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2467 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2469 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2470 reference to represent the address of the stored
2473 && fde->stack_realign
2474 && src == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2476 gcc_assert (cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2477 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2480 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2481 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2483 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2487 /* With an offset. */
2494 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1))
2495 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2496 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
2497 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
2500 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
2502 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2503 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
2506 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2507 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
2513 /* Without an offset. */
2516 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
2518 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2519 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2522 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2523 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2530 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
2531 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2532 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2533 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2541 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2542 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2543 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2547 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2548 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2549 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
2551 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2553 if (cfa.offset == 0)
2556 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2557 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2558 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2559 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2562 && fde->stack_realign
2563 && cfa.indirect == 0
2564 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2566 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp;
2568 gcc_assert (fde->drap_reg == cfa.reg);
2570 cfa_exp.indirect = 1;
2571 cfa_exp.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2572 cfa_exp.base_offset = offset;
2575 fde->drap_reg_saved = 1;
2577 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa_exp);
2581 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2582 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2584 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2585 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
2590 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2591 calculate the CFA. */
2592 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
2596 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
2598 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
2599 cfa.base_offset = offset;
2601 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2606 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2608 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
2611 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
2614 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2615 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2619 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
2621 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
2623 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
2624 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2626 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
2628 queue_reg_save (label, elem, NULL_RTX, span_offset);
2629 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
2640 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2641 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2642 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2644 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2645 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2648 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
2652 bool handled_one = false;
2654 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
2658 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2659 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2661 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2664 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
2666 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2669 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
2671 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
2673 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
2674 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
2676 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
2678 if (barrier_args_size)
2680 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size);
2681 barrier_args_size = NULL;
2686 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
2687 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2689 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
2691 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2692 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2693 is still used to save registers. */
2694 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
2695 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
2699 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2701 for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
2702 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note))
2704 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR:
2705 insn = XEXP (note, 0);
2708 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA:
2709 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note, 0), label);
2713 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA:
2718 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2719 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2721 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n, label);
2725 case REG_CFA_OFFSET:
2728 n = single_set (insn);
2729 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n, label);
2733 case REG_CFA_REGISTER:
2738 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2739 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2741 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n, label);
2745 case REG_CFA_RESTORE:
2750 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2751 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2754 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n, label);
2758 case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP:
2762 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
2765 gcc_assert (fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM);
2767 fde->vdrap_reg = REGNO (n);
2779 insn = PATTERN (insn);
2781 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
2784 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2785 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2786 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2787 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2790 dwarf2out_begin_epilogue (rtx insn)
2792 bool saw_frp = false;
2795 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2796 frame related insns. */
2797 for (i = NEXT_INSN (insn); i ; i = NEXT_INSN (i))
2802 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2803 if (returnjump_p (i))
2805 if (CALL_P (i) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i))
2808 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) == SEQUENCE)
2811 rtx seq = PATTERN (i);
2813 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2815 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0))
2816 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2819 for (idx = 0; idx < XVECLEN (seq, 0); idx++)
2820 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, idx)))
2824 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i))
2828 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2829 save/restore pair. */
2833 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2834 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2835 gcc_assert (i != NULL);
2836 i = next_real_insn (i);
2840 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2841 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2842 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
2843 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
2846 rtx p = PREV_INSN (i);
2849 if (NOTE_KIND (p) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK)
2853 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE, i);
2855 emit_cfa_remember = true;
2857 /* And emulate the state save. */
2858 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember.in_use);
2860 cfa_remember.in_use = 1;
2863 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore required. */
2866 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
2868 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
2869 const char *label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2871 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_restore_state;
2872 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
2874 gcc_assert (cfa_remember.in_use);
2876 cfa_remember.in_use = 0;
2881 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
2882 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2883 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2885 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2886 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2891 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2892 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
2893 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
2894 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2896 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2897 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2898 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2899 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2900 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2901 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
2904 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2905 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2906 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2907 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2908 case DW_CFA_restore:
2909 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2910 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2911 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2912 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2913 case DW_CFA_register:
2914 case DW_CFA_expression:
2915 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2917 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2918 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2919 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2920 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2923 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2930 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2931 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2932 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2934 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2935 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2939 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2940 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2942 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2943 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2944 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2946 case DW_CFA_register:
2947 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2949 case DW_CFA_expression:
2950 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2953 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2957 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2959 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2960 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
2961 for collect2 the first time around. */
2964 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back)
2968 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2969 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
2973 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
2979 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2981 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2983 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2985 flags = ((! flag_pic
2986 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2987 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2988 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2989 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2990 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2991 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
2992 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
2995 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2996 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
3000 if (eh_frame_section)
3001 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
3004 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3005 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3006 switch_to_section (data_section);
3010 label = get_file_function_name ("F");
3011 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3012 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
3013 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3014 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3019 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3023 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh, bool back)
3026 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back);
3029 if (!debug_frame_section)
3030 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
3031 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
3032 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
3036 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3039 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
3044 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
3045 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
3046 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
3047 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
3048 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
3049 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset));
3050 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
3052 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3053 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3054 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
3055 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3056 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3058 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
3060 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3061 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3062 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
3066 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
3067 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
3069 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3071 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3073 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3074 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3075 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
3078 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3079 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
3080 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3083 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3084 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3085 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3086 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3089 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3090 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3091 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3092 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3095 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3096 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3097 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3098 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3101 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3102 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3103 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3104 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3107 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3108 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3109 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3110 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3111 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3114 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3115 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3116 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3117 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3120 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3121 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3122 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3123 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3124 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3127 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3128 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3129 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3130 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3131 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3134 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3135 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3136 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3137 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3138 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3139 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3142 case DW_CFA_register:
3143 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3144 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3145 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3146 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3149 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3150 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3151 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3154 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3155 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3156 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3159 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3162 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3163 case DW_CFA_expression:
3164 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
3167 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3168 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3177 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3180 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3182 unsigned long r, r2;
3184 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3186 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3187 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3188 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3189 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3190 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3191 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3192 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3193 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3194 going to take care of this for us. */
3198 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3199 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3200 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3201 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3202 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3205 case DW_CFA_restore:
3206 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3207 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3208 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r);
3211 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3212 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3213 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r);
3216 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3217 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3218 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r);
3221 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3222 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3223 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3224 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3225 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3228 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3229 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3230 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r);
3233 case DW_CFA_register:
3234 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3235 r2 = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3236 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r, r2);
3239 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3240 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3241 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3242 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3243 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3246 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3247 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3249 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
3250 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3253 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3254 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size);
3255 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3257 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
3258 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3259 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3262 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3263 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3266 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3267 case DW_CFA_expression:
3268 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", cfi->dw_cfi_opc);
3269 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi);
3270 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3278 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref);
3279 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref, heap);
3281 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3282 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3283 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3284 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3287 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi, bool do_cfi_asm, dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh)
3289 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf;
3291 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size = NULL, cfi_cfa = NULL, cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3292 VEC (dw_cfi_ref, heap) *regs = VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref, heap, 32);
3293 unsigned int len, idx;
3295 for (;; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3296 switch (cfi ? cfi->dw_cfi_opc : DW_CFA_nop)
3298 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3299 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3300 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3301 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3302 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3303 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3304 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3306 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3308 dw_cfi_ref args_size = cfi_args_size;
3310 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3311 .cfi_restore_state. */
3312 for (cfi2 = cfi->dw_cfi_next; cfi2; cfi2 = cfi2->dw_cfi_next)
3313 if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore_state)
3315 else if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_GNU_args_size)
3318 gcc_assert (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_remember_state);
3325 cfi_args_size = args_size;
3329 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3330 cfi_args_size = cfi;
3332 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3335 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3336 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3337 case DW_CFA_restore:
3338 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3339 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3340 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3341 case DW_CFA_register:
3342 case DW_CFA_val_offset:
3343 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf:
3344 case DW_CFA_expression:
3345 case DW_CFA_val_expression:
3346 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3347 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs) <= cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num)
3348 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs,
3349 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num + 1);
3350 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, cfi);
3352 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3353 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3354 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3356 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3358 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3361 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3362 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3363 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3366 gcc_assert (cfi == NULL);
3368 len = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs);
3369 for (idx = 0; idx < len; idx++)
3371 cfi2 = VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, idx, NULL);
3373 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore
3374 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore_extended)
3377 output_cfi_directive (cfi2);
3379 output_cfi (cfi2, fde, for_eh);
3382 if (cfi_cfa && cfi_cfa_offset && cfi_cfa_offset != cfi_cfa)
3384 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression);
3386 switch (cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc)
3388 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3389 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
3390 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3392 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3393 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
3394 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3396 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3397 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3398 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc;
3399 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd2;
3406 else if (cfi_cfa_offset)
3407 cfi_cfa = cfi_cfa_offset;
3411 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa);
3413 output_cfi (cfi_cfa, fde, for_eh);
3416 cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3418 && cfi_args_size->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset)
3421 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size);
3423 output_cfi (cfi_args_size, fde, for_eh);
3425 cfi_args_size = NULL;
3428 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs);
3431 else if (do_cfi_asm)
3432 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
3434 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3441 /* Output one FDE. */
3444 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh, bool second,
3445 char *section_start_label, int fde_encoding, char *augmentation,
3446 bool any_lsda_needed, int lsda_encoding)
3448 const char *begin, *end;
3449 static unsigned int j;
3450 char l1[20], l2[20];
3453 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh,
3455 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL,
3457 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3458 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3459 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3460 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3461 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3462 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3464 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3467 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
3469 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
3470 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
3472 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3474 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3475 end = fde->dw_fde_end;
3479 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3480 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3481 might be separated from the real start of the
3482 function by alignment padding. */
3484 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3485 else if (fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3486 begin = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label;
3488 begin = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
3489 if (second ^ fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3490 end = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
3492 end = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
3497 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, begin);
3498 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3499 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref, false,
3500 "FDE initial location");
3501 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
3502 end, begin, "FDE address range");
3506 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, begin, "FDE initial location");
3507 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, end, begin, "FDE address range");
3510 if (augmentation[0])
3512 if (any_lsda_needed)
3514 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
3516 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3518 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3519 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3520 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
3521 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3522 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3525 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
3528 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
3530 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3532 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3533 fde->funcdef_number);
3534 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding,
3535 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
3537 "Language Specific Data Area");
3541 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3542 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3543 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
3544 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3548 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3551 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3553 fde->dw_fde_current_label = begin;
3554 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3555 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3556 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3559 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3560 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3562 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3563 if (cfi == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3569 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
3571 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3573 cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next;
3574 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
3575 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, false, fde, for_eh);
3576 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = cfi_next;
3578 for (cfi = cfi_next; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3579 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3582 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3583 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3584 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3585 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3586 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3588 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3589 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3590 switch *back* into the table section. */
3591 switch_to_section (function_section (fde->decl));
3592 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label);
3593 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, true);
3596 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3597 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3598 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
3599 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3604 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3605 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3606 location of saved registers. */
3609 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
3614 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
3615 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
3616 char augmentation[6];
3617 int augmentation_size;
3618 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3619 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3620 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3622 rtx personality = NULL;
3625 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3626 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
3629 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3630 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3633 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
3634 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
3635 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
3636 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
3637 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
3638 specialization doesn't. */
3639 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
3640 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
3643 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3644 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3645 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
3646 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3647 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
3648 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
3650 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
3651 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
3652 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
3653 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
3656 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
3658 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3659 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
3660 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
3661 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3662 any_eh_needed = true;
3663 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
3664 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3665 any_eh_needed = true;
3667 if (! any_eh_needed)
3671 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3675 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3676 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, false);
3678 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
3679 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
3681 /* Output the CIE. */
3682 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
3683 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
3684 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3685 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3686 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3687 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3688 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3689 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3691 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3692 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3693 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
3694 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
3695 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3697 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3698 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3699 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3700 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
3702 if (return_reg >= 256 || dwarf_version > 2)
3704 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version, "CIE Version");
3706 augmentation[0] = 0;
3707 augmentation_size = 0;
3709 personality = current_unit_personality;
3715 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3716 augmentation section.
3717 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3718 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3719 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3721 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3722 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3724 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3725 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3726 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3728 p = augmentation + 1;
3732 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
3733 assemble_external_libcall (personality);
3735 if (any_lsda_needed)
3738 augmentation_size += 1;
3740 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3743 augmentation_size += 1;
3745 if (p > augmentation + 1)
3747 augmentation[0] = 'z';
3751 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3752 if (personality && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3754 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3756 + 1 /* CIE version */
3757 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3758 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3759 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
3761 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3762 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3763 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3765 augmentation_size += pad;
3767 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3768 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3769 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
3773 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3774 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3775 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
3776 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3778 if (dw_cie_version == 1)
3779 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3781 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3783 if (augmentation[0])
3785 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
3788 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
3789 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
3790 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
3795 if (any_lsda_needed)
3796 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3797 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
3799 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3800 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3801 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
3804 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3805 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
3807 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3808 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3809 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
3810 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3812 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3813 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3816 fde = &fde_table[i];
3818 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3819 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
3820 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3821 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3822 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3825 for (k = 0; k < (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections ? 2 : 1); k++)
3826 output_fde (fde, for_eh, k, section_start_label, fde_encoding,
3827 augmentation, any_lsda_needed, lsda_encoding);
3830 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
3831 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3832 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3833 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3834 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3835 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
3838 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3843 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3846 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second)
3850 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
3852 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3856 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3859 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
3860 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3861 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
3862 of the weirder relocation types. */
3863 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3864 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3866 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_personality 0x%x,", enc);
3867 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3868 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3871 if (crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
3875 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3876 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3877 current_function_funcdef_no);
3878 ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, lab);
3879 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3881 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3882 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3884 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_lsda 0x%x,", enc);
3885 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3886 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3890 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3894 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3895 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3897 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3902 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
3904 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3905 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3906 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
3908 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
3909 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3912 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3916 fnsec = function_section (current_function_decl);
3917 switch_to_section (fnsec);
3918 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3919 current_function_funcdef_no);
3920 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3921 current_function_funcdef_no);
3922 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
3923 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
3925 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3926 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
3927 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3931 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
3932 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
3934 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
3935 fde_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node, fde_table, fde_table_allocated);
3936 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
3937 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
3940 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
3941 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
3943 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
3944 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
3945 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
3946 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
3947 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
3948 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
3949 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
3950 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
3951 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
3952 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 0;
3953 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = 0;
3954 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
3955 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
3956 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = NULL;
3957 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
3958 fde->nothrow = crtl->nothrow;
3959 fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda;
3960 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
3961 fde->drap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3962 fde->vdrap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3963 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
3965 section *unlikelysec;
3966 if (first_function_block_is_cold)
3967 fde->in_std_section = 1;
3970 = (fnsec == text_section
3971 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3972 unlikelysec = unlikely_text_section ();
3973 fde->cold_in_std_section
3974 = (unlikelysec == text_section
3975 || (cold_text_section && unlikelysec == cold_text_section));
3980 = (fnsec == text_section
3981 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3982 fde->cold_in_std_section = 0;
3985 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
3987 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
3988 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
3989 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3991 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file, 0, true);
3994 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3995 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
3998 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
3999 if (!current_unit_personality)
4000 current_unit_personality = personality;
4002 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4003 asm at the point where we emit the CFI data there is no current
4004 function anymore. */
4006 && current_unit_personality != personality)
4007 sorry ("Multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4008 "supporting .cfi.personality directive.");
4012 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4013 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4017 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4018 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4021 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4023 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4024 last_var_location_insn = NULL_RTX;
4027 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4028 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4030 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4032 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
4033 current_function_funcdef_no);
4034 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
4035 fde = current_fde ();
4036 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
4037 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
4041 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4043 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4044 fde_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_fde_node, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
4045 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4046 fde_table_in_use = 0;
4048 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4049 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4051 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4052 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
4054 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
4055 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4056 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
4061 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4063 /* Output call frame information. */
4064 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4065 output_call_frame_info (0);
4067 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4068 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4069 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
4070 output_call_frame_info (1);
4074 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4077 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4079 section *sec = current_function_section ();
4080 if (sec == text_section)
4081 text_section_used = true;
4082 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
4083 cold_text_section_used = true;
4087 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4089 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
4091 gcc_assert (cfun && fde && !fde->dw_fde_switched_sections);
4093 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 1;
4094 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = !in_cold_section_p;
4096 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label;
4097 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
4098 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
4099 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
4100 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
4102 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4103 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4104 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
4106 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4107 if (cold_text_section != NULL)
4108 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4110 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4111 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4113 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4114 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4116 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4118 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4119 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4121 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, true, fde, true);
4125 dw_cfi_ref cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4127 cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4129 while (cfi->dw_cfi_next != NULL)
4130 cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next;
4131 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = cfi;
4136 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4137 for emitting location expressions. */
4139 /* Data about a single source file. */
4140 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data {
4141 const char * filename;
4145 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
4146 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
4147 typedef const struct die_struct *const_dw_die_ref;
4148 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
4149 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
4151 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4155 } deferred_locations;
4157 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations);
4158 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations,gc);
4160 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations, gc) *deferred_locations_list;
4162 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref);
4163 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref,heap);
4165 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4166 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4167 implementation are listed below. */
4172 dw_val_class_offset,
4174 dw_val_class_loc_list,
4175 dw_val_class_range_list,
4177 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
4178 dw_val_class_const_double,
4181 dw_val_class_die_ref,
4182 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
4183 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
4184 dw_val_class_lineptr,
4186 dw_val_class_macptr,
4191 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4193 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct {
4194 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
4200 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4201 represented internally. */
4203 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct {
4204 enum dw_val_class val_class;
4205 union dw_val_struct_union
4207 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
4208 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
4209 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
4210 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
4211 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
4212 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
4213 double_int GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double;
4214 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
4215 struct dw_val_die_union
4219 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
4220 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
4221 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
4222 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
4223 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
4224 struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file;
4225 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8[8];
4227 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
4231 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4234 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct {
4235 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
4236 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom) dw_loc_opc : 8;
4237 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4238 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4239 unsigned int dtprel : 1;
4241 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
4242 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
4246 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4247 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4248 their entire life. */
4249 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct {
4250 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
4251 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
4252 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
4253 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4254 Only on head of list */
4255 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4256 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
4259 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
4261 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4263 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4266 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
4271 return "DW_OP_addr";
4273 return "DW_OP_deref";
4275 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4277 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4279 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4281 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4283 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4285 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4287 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4289 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4291 return "DW_OP_constu";
4293 return "DW_OP_consts";
4297 return "DW_OP_drop";
4299 return "DW_OP_over";
4301 return "DW_OP_pick";
4303 return "DW_OP_swap";
4307 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4315 return "DW_OP_minus";
4327 return "DW_OP_plus";
4328 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4329 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4335 return "DW_OP_shra";
4353 return "DW_OP_skip";
4355 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4357 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4359 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4361 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4363 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4365 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4367 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4369 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4371 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4373 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4375 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4377 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4379 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4381 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4383 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4385 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4387 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4389 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4391 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4393 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4395 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4397 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4399 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4401 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4403 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4405 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4407 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4409 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4411 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4413 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4415 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4417 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4419 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4421 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4423 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4425 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4427 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4429 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4431 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4433 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4435 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4437 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4439 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4441 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4443 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4445 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4447 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4449 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4451 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4453 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4455 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4457 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4459 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4461 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4463 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4465 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4467 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4469 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4471 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4473 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4475 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4477 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4479 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4481 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4483 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4485 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4487 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4489 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4491 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4493 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4495 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4497 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4499 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4501 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4503 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4505 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4507 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4509 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4511 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4513 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4515 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4517 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4519 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4521 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4523 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4525 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4527 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4529 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4531 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4533 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4535 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4537 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4539 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4541 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4543 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4545 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4547 return "DW_OP_regx";
4549 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4551 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4553 return "DW_OP_piece";
4554 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4555 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4556 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4557 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4561 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
4562 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4564 return "DW_OP_call2";
4566 return "DW_OP_call4";
4567 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4568 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4569 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4570 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4571 case DW_OP_stack_value:
4572 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4573 case DW_OP_form_tls_address:
4574 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4575 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa:
4576 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4577 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
4578 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4580 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
4581 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4582 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit:
4583 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4584 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr:
4585 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4588 return "OP_<unknown>";
4592 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4593 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4594 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4596 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4597 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
4598 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
4600 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
4602 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
4603 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4604 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
4605 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4606 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
4611 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4614 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4615 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4618 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + reg),
4621 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
4624 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4627 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
4629 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
4631 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4632 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
4638 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4641 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4643 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4646 gcc_assert (*list_head != NULL);
4651 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4652 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
4656 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg
4657 || (loc->dw_loc_opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && loc->dw_loc_opc <= DW_OP_breg31))
4658 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
4659 else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bregx)
4660 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
4662 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4663 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4665 && ((offset > 0 && *p <= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)
4666 || (offset < 0 && *p >= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)))
4669 else if (offset > 0)
4670 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
4674 loc->dw_loc_next = int_loc_descriptor (offset);
4675 add_loc_descr (&loc->dw_loc_next, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
4679 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4680 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4683 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4686 for (d = list_head; d != NULL; d = d->dw_loc_next)
4687 loc_descr_plus_const (&d->expr, offset);
4691 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4693 static unsigned long
4694 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4696 unsigned long size = 1;
4698 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4701 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4720 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4723 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4728 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4729 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4767 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4770 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4773 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4776 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4777 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
4780 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4782 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4783 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4792 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4793 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4795 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4796 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
4797 + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
4806 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4808 static unsigned long
4809 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4814 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4815 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
4816 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4818 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
4820 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4825 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4827 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
4828 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4834 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4835 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4838 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
4841 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4843 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
4844 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
4846 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4848 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4851 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4855 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4859 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
4860 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4867 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
4868 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
4870 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
4873 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4874 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4875 switch (val2->val_class)
4877 case dw_val_class_const:
4878 dw2_asm_output_data (val1->v.val_unsigned, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
4880 case dw_val_class_vec:
4882 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
4883 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
4887 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
4892 for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
4895 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
4896 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
4899 case dw_val_class_const_double:
4901 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
4903 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
4905 first = val2->v.val_double.high;
4906 second = val2->v.val_double.low;
4910 first = val2->v.val_double.low;
4911 second = val2->v.val_double.high;
4913 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4915 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4919 case dw_val_class_addr:
4920 gcc_assert (val1->v.val_unsigned == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
4921 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val2->v.val_addr, NULL);
4936 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4937 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
4938 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
4939 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
4940 only doing unwinding. */
4945 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4948 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4951 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4954 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4956 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4957 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4991 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4994 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4997 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5000 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5001 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
5004 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5006 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5007 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5008 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5014 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
5016 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
5019 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5026 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5027 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
5035 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5040 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
5043 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5045 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5047 /* Output the opcode. */
5048 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
5049 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
5051 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5052 output_loc_operands (loc);
5056 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5057 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5060 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5062 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
5063 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
5065 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
5068 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
5069 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5075 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5076 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5077 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5078 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1->v.val_int);
5083 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5084 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1->v.val_int);
5089 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5090 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1->v.val_int);
5095 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
5096 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5097 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1->v.val_int);
5105 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
5106 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
5108 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5109 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset);
5114 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5117 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5118 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5155 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5156 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1->v.val_int);
5160 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5161 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5162 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5163 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2->v.val_int);
5167 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5173 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5177 /* Output the opcode. */
5178 fprintf (asm_out_file, "0x%x", loc->dw_loc_opc);
5179 output_loc_operands_raw (loc);
5181 if (!loc->dw_loc_next)
5183 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
5185 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5189 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5190 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5193 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5195 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5198 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5200 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
5201 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5204 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5206 /* Output the size of the block. */
5207 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5208 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
5210 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5211 output_loc_sequence (loc);
5214 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5217 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5219 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5222 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5224 fprintf (asm_out_file, "0x%x,", cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
5225 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5228 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5230 /* Output the size of the block. */
5231 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5232 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size);
5233 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5235 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5236 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc);
5239 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5240 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5243 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5244 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5246 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
5248 offset += cfa->offset;
5252 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
5253 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
5254 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
5255 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5258 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
5259 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5263 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, offset);
5268 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5269 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5272 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5273 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment)
5275 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head;
5276 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5277 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
5279 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5280 if (cfa.reg == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa.indirect == 0)
5282 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, 0);
5283 add_loc_descr (&head, int_loc_descriptor (alignment));
5284 add_loc_descr (&head, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
5285 loc_descr_plus_const (&head, offset);
5288 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, offset);
5292 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5293 descriptor sequence. */
5296 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
5298 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
5300 cfa->base_offset = 0;
5304 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
5306 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
5342 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
5345 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5379 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
5380 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5383 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5384 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
5389 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5390 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
5393 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5394 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
5398 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
5400 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5401 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5403 /* .debug_str support. */
5404 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5406 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5407 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5408 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5409 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5410 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5411 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5412 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5413 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree);
5414 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5415 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5416 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree);
5417 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
5418 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
5419 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree, tree, bool);
5420 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree, tree, tree,
5422 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
5423 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
5424 static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree);
5425 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree, int);
5426 static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx, rtx);
5427 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5428 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
5429 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree, tree);
5431 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5433 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
5437 dwarf2out_assembly_start,
5440 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
5441 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
5442 dwarf2out_begin_block,
5443 dwarf2out_end_block,
5444 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
5445 dwarf2out_source_line,
5446 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
5447 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
5448 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
5449 dwarf2out_begin_function,
5450 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
5451 dwarf2out_function_decl, /* function_decl */
5452 dwarf2out_global_decl,
5453 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
5454 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
5455 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
5456 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5457 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5458 something tries to reference them. */
5459 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
5460 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
5461 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
5462 dwarf2out_var_location,
5463 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
5464 dwarf2out_direct_call,
5465 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token,
5466 dwarf2out_copy_call_info,
5467 dwarf2out_virtual_call,
5469 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
5473 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5474 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5475 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5477 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5478 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5479 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5480 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5482 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5483 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5485 typedef long int dw_offset;
5487 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5489 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
5490 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
5491 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
5492 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
5493 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
5494 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref;
5495 typedef struct comdat_type_struct *comdat_type_node_ref;
5497 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5498 line number associated with the label generated for that
5499 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5500 the line number entry. */
5502 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct {
5503 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5504 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5508 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5510 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct {
5511 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5512 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5513 unsigned long function;
5515 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
5517 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5518 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5519 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5521 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct {
5522 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
5523 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
5527 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
5528 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
5530 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5531 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5532 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5534 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct {
5535 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
5536 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5538 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol;
5539 comdat_type_node_ref GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node;
5541 GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id;
5542 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
5543 dw_die_ref die_parent;
5544 dw_die_ref die_child;
5546 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5547 dw_offset die_offset;
5548 unsigned long die_abbrev;
5550 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5551 int die_perennial_p;
5552 unsigned int decl_id;
5556 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5557 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5558 c = die->die_child; \
5562 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5565 /* The pubname structure */
5567 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct {
5573 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry);
5574 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc);
5576 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct {
5577 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5578 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5582 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct {
5587 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5588 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5590 dw_die_ref root_die;
5591 dw_die_ref type_die;
5592 char signature[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE];
5593 struct comdat_type_struct *next;
5597 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5598 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct {
5601 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
5605 typedef struct GTY(()) skeleton_chain_struct
5609 struct skeleton_chain_struct *parent;
5611 skeleton_chain_node;
5613 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5614 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5615 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5618 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5619 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5621 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5622 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5623 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5624 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5625 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5626 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5628 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5629 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5630 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5631 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5632 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5633 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5634 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5635 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5636 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5637 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5639 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5640 language, and compiler version. */
5642 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5643 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5644 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5646 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
5647 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5648 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5649 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5651 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5652 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5654 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5655 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5656 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5657 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5658 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5660 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
5661 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
5662 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5663 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5664 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5665 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5667 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
5668 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5669 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5670 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5672 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5676 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5677 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
5678 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
5680 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
5681 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
5683 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
5684 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5686 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5687 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5688 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5689 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
5690 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5692 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
5693 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
5694 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
5697 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5698 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5699 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
5700 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
5703 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
5704 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
5706 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
5707 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node *comdat_type_list;
5709 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
5710 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
5712 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5713 DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are
5715 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *deferred_asm_name;
5717 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
5718 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
5720 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5721 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
5722 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
5724 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5725 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
5726 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t common_block_die_table;
5728 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct {
5733 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry);
5734 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry,gc);
5736 /* Node of the variable location list. */
5737 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node {
5738 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
5739 const char * GTY (()) label;
5740 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
5743 /* Variable location list. */
5744 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def {
5745 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
5747 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
5748 it is marked through the chain. */
5749 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
5751 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
5752 unsigned int decl_id;
5754 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
5757 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
5758 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
5760 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
5761 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
5762 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
5763 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
5764 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
5766 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
5767 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
5769 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
5770 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
5772 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5773 abbrev_die_table. */
5774 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
5776 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5777 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
5778 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
5779 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
5781 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
5782 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
5784 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
5785 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
5787 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5788 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
5789 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
5790 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
5792 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
5793 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
5795 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
5796 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
5798 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5800 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
5802 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5803 accessible names. */
5804 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table;
5806 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5807 accessible types. */
5808 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table;
5810 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
5811 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
5813 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
5814 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
5816 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
5817 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
5819 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5821 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5823 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
5824 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
5826 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
5827 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
5829 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
5830 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
5832 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
5833 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
5834 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label;
5836 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
5837 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated;
5839 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
5840 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use;
5842 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5844 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5846 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
5847 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
5849 /* Unique label counter. */
5850 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
5852 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
5853 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num;
5855 /* The direct call table structure. */
5857 typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct {
5858 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5860 dw_die_ref targ_die;
5864 DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry);
5865 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry, gc);
5867 /* The virtual call table structure. */
5869 typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct {
5870 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5871 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5875 DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry);
5876 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry, gc);
5878 /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
5879 static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry, gc) * dcall_table = NULL;
5880 static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry, gc) * vcall_table = NULL;
5882 /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
5884 struct GTY (()) vcall_insn {
5886 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5889 static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn))) htab_t vcall_insn_table;
5891 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5892 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
5893 static int current_function_has_inlines;
5895 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
5896 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
5899 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
5900 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
5902 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
5903 static GTY(()) int label_num;
5905 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
5906 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
5908 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry,gc) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table;
5910 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5912 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
5913 within the current function. */
5914 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
5916 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
5918 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx);
5919 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
5920 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree);
5921 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
5922 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
5923 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
5924 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree);
5925 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
5926 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
5927 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
5928 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5929 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
5930 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
5931 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
5932 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5933 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
5934 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5935 HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5936 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
5937 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
5938 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned char *);
5939 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
5940 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
5941 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5942 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
5943 static enum dwarf_form AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
5944 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
5945 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5946 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
5947 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
5948 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
5949 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5950 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
5951 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
5952 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5954 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
5955 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
5956 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
5957 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5958 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5959 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5960 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5961 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5962 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5964 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
5965 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5966 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
5967 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
5968 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5969 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5970 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5971 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5972 static bool is_cxx (void);
5973 static bool is_fortran (void);
5974 static bool is_ada (void);
5975 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5976 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
5977 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5978 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
5979 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
5980 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
5981 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
5982 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5983 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
5984 static hashval_t common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
5985 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5986 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
5987 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5988 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (const_tree);
5989 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
5990 static struct var_loc_node *add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, rtx);
5991 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
5992 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
5993 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
5994 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5995 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
5996 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
5997 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
5998 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
5999 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
6000 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
6001 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6002 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag, dw_attr_ref,
6003 struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6004 struct checksum_attributes;
6005 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *, dw_die_ref);
6006 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6007 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6008 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref, comdat_type_node *);
6009 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
6010 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *, const dw_val_node *, int *);
6011 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
6012 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
6013 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6014 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
6015 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
6016 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
6017 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
6018 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
6019 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
6020 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref);
6021 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref);
6022 static dw_die_ref clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref);
6023 static dw_die_ref clone_die (dw_die_ref);
6024 static dw_die_ref clone_tree (dw_die_ref);
6025 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6026 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *);
6027 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *);
6028 static dw_die_ref generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref);
6029 static dw_die_ref remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref,
6031 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref);
6032 static dw_die_ref copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6033 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6034 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref);
6036 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6037 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6038 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6039 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
6040 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
6041 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
6042 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
6043 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
6044 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6045 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
6046 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
6047 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6048 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6049 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
6050 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6051 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6052 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6053 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6054 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6055 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
6056 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
6057 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6058 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
6059 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *);
6060 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
6061 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
6062 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref);
6063 static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
6064 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6065 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
6066 static void output_aranges (void);
6067 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6068 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree);
6069 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref, const char *, const char *,
6071 static void output_ranges (void);
6072 static void output_line_info (void);
6073 static void output_file_names (void);
6074 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
6075 static int is_base_type (tree);
6076 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6077 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6078 static dw_die_ref generic_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6079 static dw_die_ref template_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6080 static int type_is_enum (const_tree);
6081 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx);
6082 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
6083 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
6084 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6085 enum var_init_status);
6086 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6087 enum var_init_status);
6088 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
6089 enum var_init_status);
6090 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx);
6091 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx *, void *);
6092 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6093 enum var_init_status);
6094 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6095 enum var_init_status);
6096 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6097 enum var_init_status);
6098 static dw_loc_list_ref loc_list_from_tree (tree, int);
6099 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int);
6100 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
6101 static tree field_type (const_tree);
6102 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6103 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6104 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree);
6105 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (const_tree);
6106 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6108 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6109 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
6110 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6111 static void insert_float (const_rtx, unsigned char *);
6112 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
6113 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
6114 enum dwarf_attribute);
6115 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6116 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref, tree);
6117 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
6118 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
6119 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
6120 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree, bool);
6121 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6122 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6123 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6124 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6125 static dw_die_ref add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6126 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6127 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6128 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6129 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
6130 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6131 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
6132 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6133 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6134 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6135 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6136 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6137 static const char *type_tag (const_tree);
6138 static tree member_declared_type (const_tree);
6140 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
6142 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6143 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree, struct array_descr_info *, dw_die_ref);
6145 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6147 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6148 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6149 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref, tree*);
6150 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6151 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6152 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6153 static void gen_variable_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6154 static void gen_const_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6155 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6156 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6157 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6158 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6159 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6160 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6161 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6162 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6163 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
6164 enum debug_info_usage);
6165 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6166 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6167 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6168 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6169 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6170 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree);
6171 static inline dw_die_ref get_context_die (tree);
6172 static void gen_namespace_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6173 static void gen_decl_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6174 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
6175 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
6176 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
6177 static dw_die_ref declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
6178 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
6179 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6180 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6181 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree);
6182 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6183 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6184 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
6185 const char *, const char *);
6186 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
6187 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6189 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6190 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
6191 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
6192 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
6193 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
6194 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6195 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
6196 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref, tree);
6197 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6199 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6200 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6201 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6203 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6204 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6206 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6207 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6209 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6210 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6212 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6213 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6215 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6216 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6218 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6219 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6221 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6222 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6224 #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6225 #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
6227 #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6228 #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
6230 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6231 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6233 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6234 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6237 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6238 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6239 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6242 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6243 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6244 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6245 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6248 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6249 the section names themselves. */
6251 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6252 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6254 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6255 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6257 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6258 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6260 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6261 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6263 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6264 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6266 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6267 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6269 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6270 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6272 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6273 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6276 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6277 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6278 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6279 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6280 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6282 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6283 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6284 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6285 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6286 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6287 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6288 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6289 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6290 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6291 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6293 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6294 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6296 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6297 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6299 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6300 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6302 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6303 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6305 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6306 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6308 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6309 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6313 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6314 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6316 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
6319 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
6321 demangle_name_func = func;
6324 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6327 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl)
6329 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6330 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
6331 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
6334 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6338 type_main_variant (tree type)
6340 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6342 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6343 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6344 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6345 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6347 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
6348 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
6349 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6354 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6357 is_tagged_type (const_tree type)
6359 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
6361 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
6362 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
6365 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6368 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
6372 case DW_TAG_padding:
6373 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6374 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6375 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6376 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6377 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6378 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
6379 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6380 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6381 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6382 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
6383 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6384 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
6385 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6387 return "DW_TAG_label";
6388 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
6389 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6391 return "DW_TAG_member";
6392 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6393 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6394 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6395 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6396 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
6397 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6398 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6399 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6400 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6401 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6402 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6403 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6404 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6405 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6406 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6407 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6408 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
6409 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6410 case DW_TAG_variant:
6411 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6412 case DW_TAG_common_block:
6413 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6414 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
6415 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6416 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
6417 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6418 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
6419 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6421 return "DW_TAG_module";
6422 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6423 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6424 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6425 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6426 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6427 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6428 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
6429 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6430 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
6431 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6432 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6433 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6434 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
6435 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6436 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6437 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6438 case DW_TAG_constant:
6439 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6440 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
6441 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6442 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6443 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6445 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6446 case DW_TAG_namelist:
6447 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6448 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
6449 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6450 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6451 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6452 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
6453 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6454 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
6455 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6456 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
6457 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6458 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
6459 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6460 case DW_TAG_try_block:
6461 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6462 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
6463 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6464 case DW_TAG_variable:
6465 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6466 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6467 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6468 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure:
6469 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6470 case DW_TAG_restrict_type:
6471 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6472 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
6473 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6474 case DW_TAG_namespace:
6475 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6476 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
6477 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6478 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type:
6479 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6480 case DW_TAG_partial_unit:
6481 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6482 case DW_TAG_imported_unit:
6483 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6484 case DW_TAG_condition:
6485 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6486 case DW_TAG_shared_type:
6487 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6488 case DW_TAG_type_unit:
6489 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6490 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
6491 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6492 case DW_TAG_template_alias:
6493 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6494 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack:
6495 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6496 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack:
6497 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6498 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
6499 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6500 case DW_TAG_format_label:
6501 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6502 case DW_TAG_function_template:
6503 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6504 case DW_TAG_class_template:
6505 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6506 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
6507 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6508 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
6509 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6510 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param:
6511 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6513 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6517 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6520 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
6525 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6526 case DW_AT_location:
6527 return "DW_AT_location";
6529 return "DW_AT_name";
6530 case DW_AT_ordering:
6531 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6532 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
6533 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6534 case DW_AT_byte_size:
6535 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6536 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
6537 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6538 case DW_AT_bit_size:
6539 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6540 case DW_AT_element_list:
6541 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6542 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
6543 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6545 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6547 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6548 case DW_AT_language:
6549 return "DW_AT_language";
6551 return "DW_AT_member";
6553 return "DW_AT_discr";
6554 case DW_AT_discr_value:
6555 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6556 case DW_AT_visibility:
6557 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6559 return "DW_AT_import";
6560 case DW_AT_string_length:
6561 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6562 case DW_AT_common_reference:
6563 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6564 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
6565 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6566 case DW_AT_const_value:
6567 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6568 case DW_AT_containing_type:
6569 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6570 case DW_AT_default_value:
6571 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6573 return "DW_AT_inline";
6574 case DW_AT_is_optional:
6575 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6576 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
6577 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6578 case DW_AT_producer:
6579 return "DW_AT_producer";
6580 case DW_AT_prototyped:
6581 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6582 case DW_AT_return_addr:
6583 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6584 case DW_AT_start_scope:
6585 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6586 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
6587 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6588 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
6589 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6590 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
6591 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6592 case DW_AT_accessibility:
6593 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6594 case DW_AT_address_class:
6595 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6596 case DW_AT_artificial:
6597 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6598 case DW_AT_base_types:
6599 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6600 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
6601 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6603 return "DW_AT_count";
6604 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
6605 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6606 case DW_AT_decl_column:
6607 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6608 case DW_AT_decl_file:
6609 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6610 case DW_AT_decl_line:
6611 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6612 case DW_AT_declaration:
6613 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6614 case DW_AT_discr_list:
6615 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6616 case DW_AT_encoding:
6617 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6618 case DW_AT_external:
6619 return "DW_AT_external";
6620 case DW_AT_explicit:
6621 return "DW_AT_explicit";
6622 case DW_AT_frame_base:
6623 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6625 return "DW_AT_friend";
6626 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
6627 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6628 case DW_AT_macro_info:
6629 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6630 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
6631 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6632 case DW_AT_priority:
6633 return "DW_AT_priority";
6635 return "DW_AT_segment";
6636 case DW_AT_specification:
6637 return "DW_AT_specification";
6638 case DW_AT_static_link:
6639 return "DW_AT_static_link";
6641 return "DW_AT_type";
6642 case DW_AT_use_location:
6643 return "DW_AT_use_location";
6644 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
6645 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6646 case DW_AT_virtuality:
6647 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6648 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
6649 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6651 case DW_AT_allocated:
6652 return "DW_AT_allocated";
6653 case DW_AT_associated:
6654 return "DW_AT_associated";
6655 case DW_AT_data_location:
6656 return "DW_AT_data_location";
6657 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
6658 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6659 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
6660 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6661 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
6662 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6663 case DW_AT_extension:
6664 return "DW_AT_extension";
6666 return "DW_AT_ranges";
6667 case DW_AT_trampoline:
6668 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6669 case DW_AT_call_column:
6670 return "DW_AT_call_column";
6671 case DW_AT_call_file:
6672 return "DW_AT_call_file";
6673 case DW_AT_call_line:
6674 return "DW_AT_call_line";
6676 case DW_AT_signature:
6677 return "DW_AT_signature";
6678 case DW_AT_main_subprogram:
6679 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
6680 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset:
6681 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
6682 case DW_AT_const_expr:
6683 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
6684 case DW_AT_enum_class:
6685 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
6686 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
6687 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
6689 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
6690 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
6691 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
6692 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
6693 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
6694 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
6695 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
6696 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
6697 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
6698 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
6699 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
6700 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
6701 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
6702 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
6703 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
6704 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
6705 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
6706 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
6707 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
6708 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
6709 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
6710 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
6712 case DW_AT_sf_names:
6713 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
6714 case DW_AT_src_info:
6715 return "DW_AT_src_info";
6716 case DW_AT_mac_info:
6717 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
6718 case DW_AT_src_coords:
6719 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
6720 case DW_AT_body_begin:
6721 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
6722 case DW_AT_body_end:
6723 return "DW_AT_body_end";
6724 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
6725 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
6726 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by:
6727 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
6728 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by:
6729 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
6730 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded:
6731 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
6732 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded:
6733 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
6734 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded:
6735 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
6736 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required:
6737 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
6738 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required:
6739 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
6740 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature:
6741 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
6742 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name:
6743 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
6745 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
6746 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
6749 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
6753 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
6756 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
6761 return "DW_FORM_addr";
6762 case DW_FORM_block2:
6763 return "DW_FORM_block2";
6764 case DW_FORM_block4:
6765 return "DW_FORM_block4";
6767 return "DW_FORM_data2";
6769 return "DW_FORM_data4";
6771 return "DW_FORM_data8";
6772 case DW_FORM_string:
6773 return "DW_FORM_string";
6775 return "DW_FORM_block";
6776 case DW_FORM_block1:
6777 return "DW_FORM_block1";
6779 return "DW_FORM_data1";
6781 return "DW_FORM_flag";
6783 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
6785 return "DW_FORM_strp";
6787 return "DW_FORM_udata";
6788 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
6789 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
6791 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
6793 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
6795 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
6797 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
6798 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
6799 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
6800 case DW_FORM_indirect:
6801 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
6802 case DW_FORM_sec_offset:
6803 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
6804 case DW_FORM_exprloc:
6805 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
6806 case DW_FORM_flag_present:
6807 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
6808 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8:
6809 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
6811 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
6815 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
6816 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
6817 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
6818 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
6822 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl)
6824 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
6827 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
6828 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
6829 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
6830 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
6833 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
6834 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
6835 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
6837 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
6840 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
6841 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
6845 decl_class_context (tree decl)
6847 tree context = NULL_TREE;
6849 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
6850 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
6852 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
6853 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
6855 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
6856 context = NULL_TREE;
6861 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
6864 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
6866 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
6870 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
6871 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
6872 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
6875 static inline enum dw_val_class
6876 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
6878 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
6881 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
6884 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
6888 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6889 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
6890 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
6891 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6894 static inline unsigned
6895 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
6897 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
6898 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
6901 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6904 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
6908 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6909 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
6910 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
6911 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6914 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
6915 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
6917 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
6918 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
6921 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6924 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6925 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
6929 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6930 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
6931 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
6932 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6935 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
6936 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
6938 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
6939 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
6942 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6945 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6946 HOST_WIDE_INT high, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low)
6950 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6951 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
6952 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high = high;
6953 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low = low;
6954 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6957 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
6960 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6961 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
6965 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6966 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
6967 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
6968 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
6969 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
6970 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6973 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
6976 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6977 unsigned char data8[8])
6981 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6982 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_data8;
6983 memcpy (attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_data8, data8, 8);
6984 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6987 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
6990 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
6992 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
6996 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
6998 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
6999 (const char *)x2) == 0;
7002 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7004 static struct indirect_string_node *
7005 find_AT_string (const char *str)
7007 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7010 if (! debug_str_hash)
7011 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
7012 debug_str_eq, NULL);
7014 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
7015 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
7018 node = (struct indirect_string_node *)
7019 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
7020 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
7024 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
7030 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7033 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
7036 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7038 node = find_AT_string (str);
7040 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7041 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
7042 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
7043 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7046 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7047 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7050 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node *node)
7057 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
7058 ++dw2_string_counter;
7059 node->label = xstrdup (label);
7062 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7063 debug string STR. */
7066 get_debug_string_label (const char *str)
7068 struct indirect_string_node *node = find_AT_string (str);
7070 debug_str_hash_forced = true;
7072 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7074 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, node->label);
7077 static inline const char *
7078 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
7080 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7081 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
7084 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7085 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7087 static enum dwarf_form
7088 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
7090 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7093 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7095 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
7099 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
7101 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7102 always better to put it inline. */
7103 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
7104 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7106 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7107 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7109 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7110 || ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
7111 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len))
7112 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7114 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7116 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
7119 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7122 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7126 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7127 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
7128 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
7129 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
7130 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7133 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7134 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7137 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7139 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
7140 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
7141 targ_die->die_definition = die;
7144 static inline dw_die_ref
7145 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
7147 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7148 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
7152 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
7154 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
7155 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
7161 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
7163 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7164 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
7167 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7170 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
7174 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7175 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
7176 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
7177 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7180 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7183 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
7187 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7188 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7189 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
7190 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7193 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7194 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
7196 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7197 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
7201 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
7205 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7206 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
7207 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
7208 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7209 have_location_lists = true;
7212 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7213 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
7215 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7216 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7219 static inline dw_loc_list_ref *
7220 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a)
7222 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7223 return &a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7226 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7229 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
7233 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7234 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7235 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
7236 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7239 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7242 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
7244 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
7245 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
7248 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7251 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7252 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
7256 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7257 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
7258 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
7259 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7262 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7264 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7265 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
7267 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
7268 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
7271 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7274 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
7278 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7279 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
7280 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
7281 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7284 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7285 debug_line section. */
7288 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7293 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7294 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
7295 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7296 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7299 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7300 debug_macinfo section. */
7303 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7308 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7309 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
7310 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7311 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7314 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7317 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7318 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
7322 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7323 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
7324 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7325 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7328 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7331 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7332 long unsigned int offset)
7336 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7337 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
7338 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7339 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7342 static inline const char *
7343 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
7345 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7346 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7347 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
7348 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
7351 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7354 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7358 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
7363 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7364 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7366 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
7367 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
7371 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
7376 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7377 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7378 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7380 static inline const char *
7381 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7383 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
7385 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7388 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7389 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7390 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7392 static inline const char *
7393 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7395 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
7397 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7400 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7401 NULL if it is not present. */
7403 static inline const char *
7404 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7406 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7408 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
7411 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7412 if it is not present. */
7415 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7417 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7419 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
7422 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7423 if it is not present. */
7425 static inline unsigned
7426 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7428 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7430 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
7433 static inline dw_die_ref
7434 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7436 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7438 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
7441 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7442 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7444 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7446 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
7449 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7454 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7456 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
7459 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7464 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7466 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
7467 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
7468 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
7471 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7476 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7478 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
7481 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7484 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7492 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7493 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7495 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
7496 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
7497 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
7499 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7501 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
7506 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7507 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7510 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
7512 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
7513 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
7516 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
7520 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
7521 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
7522 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
7525 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7526 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7529 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child, dw_die_ref new_child, dw_die_ref prev)
7531 dw_die_ref parent = old_child->die_parent;
7533 gcc_assert (parent == prev->die_parent);
7534 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == old_child);
7536 new_child->die_parent = parent;
7537 if (prev == old_child)
7539 gcc_assert (parent->die_child == old_child);
7540 new_child->die_sib = new_child;
7544 prev->die_sib = new_child;
7545 new_child->die_sib = old_child->die_sib;
7547 if (old_child->die_parent->die_child == old_child)
7548 old_child->die_parent->die_child = new_child;
7551 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
7554 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent, dw_die_ref new_parent)
7557 new_parent->die_child = old_parent->die_child;
7558 old_parent->die_child = NULL;
7559 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent, c, c->die_parent = new_parent);
7562 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
7566 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
7572 dw_die_ref prev = c;
7574 while (c->die_tag == tag)
7576 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
7577 /* Might have removed every child. */
7578 if (c == c->die_sib)
7582 } while (c != die->die_child);
7585 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
7588 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
7590 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
7591 if (! die || ! child_die)
7593 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
7595 child_die->die_parent = die;
7598 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
7599 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
7602 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
7603 die->die_child = child_die;
7606 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7607 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7608 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
7611 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
7615 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7616 specification DIE at toplevel. */
7617 if (child->die_parent != parent)
7619 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
7625 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
7626 || (child->die_parent
7627 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
7629 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
7630 if (p->die_sib == child)
7632 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
7636 add_child_die (parent, child);
7639 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
7641 static inline dw_die_ref
7642 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
7644 dw_die_ref die = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
7646 die->die_tag = tag_value;
7648 if (parent_die != NULL)
7649 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
7652 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
7654 limbo_node = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
7655 limbo_node->die = die;
7656 limbo_node->created_for = t;
7657 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
7658 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
7664 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
7666 static inline dw_die_ref
7667 lookup_type_die (tree type)
7669 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
7672 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
7675 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
7677 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
7680 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
7683 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
7685 return (hashval_t) ((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
7688 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
7691 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7693 return (((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7696 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
7698 static inline dw_die_ref
7699 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
7701 return (dw_die_ref) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7704 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
7707 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
7709 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
7712 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
7716 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7718 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7721 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
7723 static inline var_loc_list *
7724 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl)
7726 if (!decl_loc_table)
7728 return (var_loc_list *)
7729 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7732 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
7735 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
7737 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7740 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7742 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
7745 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
7747 static struct var_loc_node *
7748 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, rtx loc_note)
7750 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7753 struct var_loc_node *loc = NULL;
7755 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7758 temp = GGC_CNEW (var_loc_list);
7759 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
7763 temp = (var_loc_list *) *slot;
7767 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
7768 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
7769 we have nothing to do. */
7770 if ((!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
7771 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note)))
7772 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
7773 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note))
7774 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
7775 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
7776 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note)
7777 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED))))
7779 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
7780 loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
7781 temp->last->next = loc;
7787 loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
7794 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
7795 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
7796 the DIE internal representation. */
7797 static int print_indent;
7799 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
7802 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
7804 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
7807 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
7810 print_signature (FILE *outfile, char *sig)
7814 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
7815 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", sig[i] & 0xff);
7818 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
7819 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7822 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
7828 print_spaces (outfile);
7829 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
7830 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
7831 print_spaces (outfile);
7832 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
7833 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld\n", die->die_offset);
7834 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && die->die_id.die_type_node)
7836 print_spaces (outfile);
7837 fprintf (outfile, " signature: ");
7838 print_signature (outfile, die->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
7839 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7842 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7844 print_spaces (outfile);
7845 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
7847 switch (AT_class (a))
7849 case dw_val_class_addr:
7850 fprintf (outfile, "address");
7852 case dw_val_class_offset:
7853 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
7855 case dw_val_class_loc:
7856 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
7858 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7859 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
7860 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
7862 case dw_val_class_range_list:
7863 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
7865 case dw_val_class_const:
7866 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
7868 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
7869 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
7871 case dw_val_class_const_double:
7872 fprintf (outfile, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC","\
7873 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED")",
7874 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high,
7875 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low);
7877 case dw_val_class_vec:
7878 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
7880 case dw_val_class_flag:
7881 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
7883 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7884 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
7886 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node)
7888 fprintf (outfile, "die -> signature: ");
7889 print_signature (outfile,
7890 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
7892 else if (dwarf_version < 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol)
7893 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s",
7894 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
7896 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7899 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
7901 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7902 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
7903 case dw_val_class_macptr:
7904 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
7906 case dw_val_class_str:
7907 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
7908 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
7910 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
7912 case dw_val_class_file:
7913 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
7914 AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
7916 case dw_val_class_data8:
7920 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
7921 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i]);
7928 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7931 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7934 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
7937 if (print_indent == 0)
7938 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7941 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
7942 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7945 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
7948 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
7950 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
7951 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
7953 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
7954 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i,
7955 line_info->dw_file_num,
7956 line_info->dw_line_num);
7959 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
7962 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
7965 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
7967 print_die (die, stderr);
7970 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
7971 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7977 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
7978 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
7979 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
7982 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
7983 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
7984 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
7987 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
7989 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
7990 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
7992 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
7996 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
7999 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
8001 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
8003 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
8007 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8008 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8010 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8013 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8017 tem = (loc->dtprel << 8) | ((unsigned int) loc->dw_loc_opc);
8019 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8020 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8023 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8026 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8028 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8031 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
8033 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8034 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8035 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8038 switch (AT_class (at))
8040 case dw_val_class_const:
8041 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8043 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8044 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8046 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8047 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8049 case dw_val_class_vec:
8050 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8052 case dw_val_class_flag:
8053 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
8055 case dw_val_class_str:
8056 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8059 case dw_val_class_addr:
8061 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8062 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8065 case dw_val_class_offset:
8066 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8069 case dw_val_class_loc:
8070 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8071 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
8074 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8075 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
8078 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8079 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8080 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8081 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8084 case dw_val_class_file:
8085 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8088 case dw_val_class_data8:
8089 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8097 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8100 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8106 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8109 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
8112 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8114 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
8116 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8117 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
8119 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
8123 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8125 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8126 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8127 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8128 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8129 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8130 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8131 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8133 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8136 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8143 byte = (value & 0x7f);
8145 more = !((value == 0 && (byte & 0x40) == 0)
8146 || (value == -1 && (byte & 0x40) != 0));
8155 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8158 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8162 unsigned char byte = (value & 0x7f);
8165 /* More bytes to follow. */
8173 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8174 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8177 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8181 int tag = die->die_tag;
8183 if (tag != DW_TAG_namespace
8184 && tag != DW_TAG_structure_type
8185 && tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
8188 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8190 spec = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8194 if (die->die_parent != NULL)
8195 checksum_die_context (die->die_parent, ctx);
8197 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8198 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag);
8200 CHECKSUM_STRING (name);
8203 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8206 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8208 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8209 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8210 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_plus_uconst && loc->dw_loc_next == NULL)
8212 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8213 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT) loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
8217 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8220 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc->dw_loc_opc);
8221 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8222 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8223 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
8227 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8230 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag, dw_attr_ref at,
8231 struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8233 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8236 if (AT_class (at) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
8238 dw_die_ref target_die = AT_ref (at);
8240 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8241 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8242 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8243 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8244 is complete or not. */
8245 if ((at->dw_attr == DW_AT_type
8246 && (tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
8247 || tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
8248 || tag == DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type))
8249 || (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_friend
8250 && tag == DW_TAG_friend))
8252 dw_attr_ref name_attr = get_AT (target_die, DW_AT_name);
8254 if (name_attr != NULL)
8256 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8260 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8261 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8262 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8263 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8264 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8265 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8270 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8271 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
8272 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
8273 if (target_die->die_mark > 0)
8275 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8276 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8277 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die->die_mark);
8281 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8285 target_die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8286 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
8287 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8288 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8289 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8290 die_checksum_ordered (target_die, ctx, mark);
8295 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
8296 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8298 switch (AT_class (at))
8300 case dw_val_class_const:
8301 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8302 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8305 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8306 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8307 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8310 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8311 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8312 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double));
8313 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8316 case dw_val_class_vec:
8317 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8318 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec));
8319 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8322 case dw_val_class_flag:
8323 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag);
8324 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag ? 1 : 0);
8327 case dw_val_class_str:
8328 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8329 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8332 case dw_val_class_addr:
8334 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8335 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8336 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8339 case dw_val_class_offset:
8340 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8341 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8344 case dw_val_class_loc:
8345 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8346 loc_checksum_ordered (loc, ctx);
8349 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8350 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8351 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8352 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8355 case dw_val_class_file:
8356 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8357 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8360 case dw_val_class_data8:
8361 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8369 struct checksum_attributes
8371 dw_attr_ref at_name;
8372 dw_attr_ref at_type;
8373 dw_attr_ref at_friend;
8374 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility;
8375 dw_attr_ref at_address_class;
8376 dw_attr_ref at_allocated;
8377 dw_attr_ref at_artificial;
8378 dw_attr_ref at_associated;
8379 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale;
8380 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset;
8381 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size;
8382 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride;
8383 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size;
8384 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride;
8385 dw_attr_ref at_const_value;
8386 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type;
8387 dw_attr_ref at_count;
8388 dw_attr_ref at_data_location;
8389 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location;
8390 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale;
8391 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign;
8392 dw_attr_ref at_default_value;
8393 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count;
8394 dw_attr_ref at_discr;
8395 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list;
8396 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value;
8397 dw_attr_ref at_encoding;
8398 dw_attr_ref at_endianity;
8399 dw_attr_ref at_explicit;
8400 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional;
8401 dw_attr_ref at_location;
8402 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound;
8403 dw_attr_ref at_mutable;
8404 dw_attr_ref at_ordering;
8405 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string;
8406 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped;
8407 dw_attr_ref at_small;
8408 dw_attr_ref at_segment;
8409 dw_attr_ref at_string_length;
8410 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled;
8411 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound;
8412 dw_attr_ref at_use_location;
8413 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8;
8414 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter;
8415 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality;
8416 dw_attr_ref at_visibility;
8417 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location;
8420 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
8423 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *attrs, dw_die_ref die)
8428 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8439 attrs->at_friend = a;
8441 case DW_AT_accessibility:
8442 attrs->at_accessibility = a;
8444 case DW_AT_address_class:
8445 attrs->at_address_class = a;
8447 case DW_AT_allocated:
8448 attrs->at_allocated = a;
8450 case DW_AT_artificial:
8451 attrs->at_artificial = a;
8453 case DW_AT_associated:
8454 attrs->at_associated = a;
8456 case DW_AT_binary_scale:
8457 attrs->at_binary_scale = a;
8459 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
8460 attrs->at_bit_offset = a;
8462 case DW_AT_bit_size:
8463 attrs->at_bit_size = a;
8465 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
8466 attrs->at_bit_stride = a;
8468 case DW_AT_byte_size:
8469 attrs->at_byte_size = a;
8471 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
8472 attrs->at_byte_stride = a;
8474 case DW_AT_const_value:
8475 attrs->at_const_value = a;
8477 case DW_AT_containing_type:
8478 attrs->at_containing_type = a;
8481 attrs->at_count = a;
8483 case DW_AT_data_location:
8484 attrs->at_data_location = a;
8486 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
8487 attrs->at_data_member_location = a;
8489 case DW_AT_decimal_scale:
8490 attrs->at_decimal_scale = a;
8492 case DW_AT_decimal_sign:
8493 attrs->at_decimal_sign = a;
8495 case DW_AT_default_value:
8496 attrs->at_default_value = a;
8498 case DW_AT_digit_count:
8499 attrs->at_digit_count = a;
8502 attrs->at_discr = a;
8504 case DW_AT_discr_list:
8505 attrs->at_discr_list = a;
8507 case DW_AT_discr_value:
8508 attrs->at_discr_value = a;
8510 case DW_AT_encoding:
8511 attrs->at_encoding = a;
8513 case DW_AT_endianity:
8514 attrs->at_endianity = a;
8516 case DW_AT_explicit:
8517 attrs->at_explicit = a;
8519 case DW_AT_is_optional:
8520 attrs->at_is_optional = a;
8522 case DW_AT_location:
8523 attrs->at_location = a;
8525 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
8526 attrs->at_lower_bound = a;
8529 attrs->at_mutable = a;
8531 case DW_AT_ordering:
8532 attrs->at_ordering = a;
8534 case DW_AT_picture_string:
8535 attrs->at_picture_string = a;
8537 case DW_AT_prototyped:
8538 attrs->at_prototyped = a;
8541 attrs->at_small = a;
8544 attrs->at_segment = a;
8546 case DW_AT_string_length:
8547 attrs->at_string_length = a;
8549 case DW_AT_threads_scaled:
8550 attrs->at_threads_scaled = a;
8552 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
8553 attrs->at_upper_bound = a;
8555 case DW_AT_use_location:
8556 attrs->at_use_location = a;
8558 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
8559 attrs->at_use_UTF8 = a;
8561 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
8562 attrs->at_variable_parameter = a;
8564 case DW_AT_virtuality:
8565 attrs->at_virtuality = a;
8567 case DW_AT_visibility:
8568 attrs->at_visibility = a;
8570 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
8571 attrs->at_vtable_elem_location = a;
8579 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
8582 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8586 struct checksum_attributes attrs;
8588 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
8589 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die->die_tag);
8591 memset (&attrs, 0, sizeof (attrs));
8593 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8595 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, decl);
8596 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, die);
8598 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_name);
8599 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_accessibility);
8600 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_address_class);
8601 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_allocated);
8602 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_artificial);
8603 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_associated);
8604 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_binary_scale);
8605 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_offset);
8606 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_size);
8607 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_stride);
8608 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_size);
8609 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_stride);
8610 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_const_value);
8611 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_containing_type);
8612 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_count);
8613 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_location);
8614 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_member_location);
8615 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_scale);
8616 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_sign);
8617 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_default_value);
8618 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_digit_count);
8619 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr);
8620 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_list);
8621 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_value);
8622 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_encoding);
8623 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_endianity);
8624 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_explicit);
8625 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_is_optional);
8626 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_location);
8627 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_lower_bound);
8628 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_mutable);
8629 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_ordering);
8630 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_picture_string);
8631 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_prototyped);
8632 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_small);
8633 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_segment);
8634 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_string_length);
8635 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_threads_scaled);
8636 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_upper_bound);
8637 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_location);
8638 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_UTF8);
8639 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_variable_parameter);
8640 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_virtuality);
8641 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_visibility);
8642 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_vtable_elem_location);
8643 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_type);
8644 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_friend);
8646 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
8649 dw_attr_ref name_attr;
8652 name_attr = get_AT (c, DW_AT_name);
8653 if ((is_type_die (c) || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
8654 && name_attr != NULL)
8656 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
8657 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c->die_tag);
8658 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8662 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
8663 if (c->die_mark == 0)
8665 die_checksum_ordered (c, ctx, mark);
8667 } while (c != die->die_child);
8669 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
8673 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8674 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
8675 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
8676 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
8678 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
8679 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
8680 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
8681 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
8682 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
8683 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
8684 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
8687 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die, comdat_type_node *type_node)
8691 unsigned char checksum[16];
8695 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8696 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8698 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
8699 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
8700 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
8702 if (is_cxx() && name != NULL)
8704 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8706 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8707 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8708 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8710 md5_process_bytes (&die->die_tag, sizeof (die->die_tag), &ctx);
8711 md5_process_bytes (name, strlen (name) + 1, &ctx);
8712 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8714 add_AT_data8 (type_node->root_die, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature, &checksum[8]);
8717 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
8719 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8721 die->die_mark = mark;
8723 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8724 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8725 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8727 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
8728 die_checksum_ordered (die, &ctx, &mark);
8729 unmark_all_dies (die);
8730 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8732 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
8733 type node together. */
8734 memcpy (type_node->signature, &checksum[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE],
8735 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE);
8736 die->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
8737 type_node->type_die = die;
8739 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
8742 decl->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
8745 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
8747 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
8749 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
8750 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
8751 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
8754 /* Do the values look the same? */
8756 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *v1, const dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
8758 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
8761 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
8764 switch (v1->val_class)
8766 case dw_val_class_const:
8767 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
8768 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8769 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
8770 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8771 return v1->v.val_double.high == v2->v.val_double.high
8772 && v1->v.val_double.low == v2->v.val_double.low;
8773 case dw_val_class_vec:
8774 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
8775 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
8777 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
8778 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
8781 case dw_val_class_flag:
8782 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
8783 case dw_val_class_str:
8784 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
8786 case dw_val_class_addr:
8787 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
8788 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
8789 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
8791 return !rtx_equal_p (r1, r2);
8793 case dw_val_class_offset:
8794 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
8796 case dw_val_class_loc:
8797 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
8799 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
8800 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
8802 return !loc1 && !loc2;
8804 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8805 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
8807 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8808 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8809 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8810 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8813 case dw_val_class_file:
8814 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
8816 case dw_val_class_data8:
8817 return !memcmp (v1->v.val_data8, v2->v.val_data8, 8);
8824 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
8827 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
8829 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
8832 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8833 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8834 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8837 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
8840 /* Do the dies look the same? */
8843 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
8849 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8851 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
8852 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8854 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
8857 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
8858 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
8861 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1); ix++)
8862 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
8865 c1 = die1->die_child;
8866 c2 = die2->die_child;
8875 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
8879 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
8881 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
8891 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
8894 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
8897 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
8899 unmark_all_dies (die1);
8900 unmark_all_dies (die2);
8905 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
8907 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
8909 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
8910 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
8912 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
8913 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
8916 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
8918 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
8919 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
8920 char *name = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base) + 64);
8923 unsigned char checksum[16];
8926 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
8927 the name filename of the unit. */
8929 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8931 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
8932 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
8933 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8935 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
8936 clean_symbol_name (name);
8938 p = name + strlen (name);
8939 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
8941 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
8945 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
8946 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
8949 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
8952 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
8954 switch (die->die_tag)
8956 case DW_TAG_array_type:
8957 case DW_TAG_class_type:
8958 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
8959 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
8960 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
8961 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
8962 case DW_TAG_string_type:
8963 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
8964 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
8965 case DW_TAG_union_type:
8966 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
8967 case DW_TAG_set_type:
8968 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
8969 case DW_TAG_base_type:
8970 case DW_TAG_const_type:
8971 case DW_TAG_file_type:
8972 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
8973 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
8974 case DW_TAG_typedef:
8981 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
8982 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
8983 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
8984 compilations (functions). */
8987 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
8989 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
8990 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
8991 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
8992 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
8994 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
8997 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
8998 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
8999 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
9000 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
9002 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
9004 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
9007 return is_type_die (c);
9010 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9011 compilation unit. */
9014 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
9016 return (is_type_die (c)
9017 || is_declaration_die (c)
9018 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9019 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_module);
9023 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
9027 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
9028 return xstrdup (buf);
9031 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9034 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
9038 if (is_symbol_die (die))
9040 if (comdat_symbol_id)
9042 char *p = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
9044 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
9045 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
9046 die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
9049 die->die_id.die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9052 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
9055 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9058 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
9059 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
9062 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9064 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
9066 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry =
9067 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of;
9069 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_id.die_symbol);
9073 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9075 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry1 =
9076 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of1;
9077 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9079 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_id.die_symbol, entry2->die_id.die_symbol);
9083 htab_cu_del (void *what)
9085 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next,
9086 *entry = (struct cu_hash_table_entry *) what;
9096 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9099 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
9101 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
9102 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
9104 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
9106 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9107 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9111 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
9113 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
9119 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
9123 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
9125 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
9126 entry->next = *slot;
9132 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9134 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
9136 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
9138 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9139 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9143 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
9146 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9147 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9148 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9151 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
9154 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9155 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
9156 htab_t cu_hash_table;
9160 dw_die_ref prev = c;
9162 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9163 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
9165 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
9167 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9168 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
9170 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
9171 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
9172 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
9173 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
9175 add_child_die (unit, c);
9177 if (c == die->die_child)
9180 } while (c != die->die_child);
9183 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9184 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9188 assign_symbol_names (die);
9189 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
9190 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
9196 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
9197 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9198 &comdat_symbol_number);
9199 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
9201 *pnode = node->next;
9204 pnode = &node->next;
9205 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9206 comdat_symbol_number);
9209 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
9212 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9215 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die)
9220 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9221 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_declaration)
9227 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9228 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
9231 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die)
9233 switch (die->die_tag)
9235 case DW_TAG_class_type:
9236 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
9237 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
9238 case DW_TAG_union_type:
9239 /* Don't move declarations or inlined instances. */
9240 if (is_declaration_die (die) || get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin))
9243 case DW_TAG_array_type:
9244 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
9245 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
9246 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
9247 case DW_TAG_string_type:
9248 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
9249 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
9250 case DW_TAG_set_type:
9251 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
9252 case DW_TAG_base_type:
9253 case DW_TAG_const_type:
9254 case DW_TAG_file_type:
9255 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
9256 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
9257 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9263 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
9266 clone_die (dw_die_ref die)
9272 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9273 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9275 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9276 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9281 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
9284 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die)
9287 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (die);
9289 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_child_die (clone, clone_tree(c)));
9294 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
9297 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die)
9304 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
9305 if (is_declaration_die (die))
9306 return clone_die (die);
9308 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
9309 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9311 return clone_die (decl);
9313 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9314 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9316 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9318 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
9319 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
9320 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
9324 case DW_AT_artificial:
9325 case DW_AT_containing_type:
9326 case DW_AT_external:
9329 case DW_AT_virtuality:
9330 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
9331 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9333 case DW_AT_byte_size:
9339 if (die->die_id.die_type_node)
9340 add_AT_die_ref (clone, DW_AT_signature, die);
9342 add_AT_flag (clone, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9346 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
9347 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
9348 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
9349 attached to the specification. */
9352 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die)
9355 dw_die_ref new_decl;
9357 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9366 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
9367 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
9368 decl->die_id.die_type_node = die->die_id.die_type_node;
9370 remove_AT (die, DW_AT_specification);
9372 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, decl->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9374 if (a->dw_attr != DW_AT_name
9375 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_declaration
9376 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_external)
9377 add_dwarf_attr (die, a);
9380 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl, c, add_child_die (die, clone_tree(c)));
9383 if (decl->die_parent != NULL
9384 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9385 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9387 new_decl = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, decl, NULL);
9388 if (new_decl != NULL)
9390 remove_AT (new_decl, DW_AT_signature);
9391 add_AT_specification (die, new_decl);
9396 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
9397 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
9400 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *node)
9402 if (node->new_die != NULL)
9405 node->new_die = clone_as_declaration (node->old_die);
9407 if (node->parent != NULL)
9409 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node->parent);
9410 add_child_die (node->parent->new_die, node->new_die);
9414 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
9415 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
9416 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
9419 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *parent)
9421 skeleton_chain_node node;
9424 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9425 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9427 node.parent = parent;
9429 first = c = parent->old_die->die_child;
9433 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9436 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9438 node.new_die = NULL;
9439 if (is_declaration_die (c))
9441 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
9442 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
9443 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
9444 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (c);
9445 move_all_children (c, clone);
9447 replace_child (c, clone, prev);
9448 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent);
9449 add_child_die (parent->new_die, c);
9453 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9454 } while (next != NULL);
9457 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
9460 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die)
9462 skeleton_chain_node node;
9465 node.new_die = NULL;
9468 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
9469 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
9470 if (die->die_parent != NULL && is_type_die (die->die_parent))
9471 node.new_die = clone_as_declaration (die);
9473 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9474 return node.new_die;
9477 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
9478 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
9479 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
9480 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
9481 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
9482 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
9485 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
9487 dw_die_ref skeleton;
9489 skeleton = generate_skeleton (child);
9490 if (skeleton == NULL)
9491 remove_child_with_prev (child, prev);
9494 skeleton->die_id.die_type_node = child->die_id.die_type_node;
9495 replace_child (child, skeleton, prev);
9501 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
9502 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
9505 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die)
9509 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9510 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9511 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9513 first = c = die->die_child;
9517 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9520 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9521 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c))
9523 dw_die_ref replacement;
9524 comdat_type_node_ref type_node;
9526 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
9527 add it to the list of comdat types. */
9528 unit = new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit, NULL, NULL);
9529 add_AT_unsigned (unit, DW_AT_language,
9530 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language));
9531 type_node = GGC_CNEW (comdat_type_node);
9532 type_node->root_die = unit;
9533 type_node->next = comdat_type_list;
9534 comdat_type_list = type_node;
9536 /* Generate the type signature. */
9537 generate_type_signature (c, type_node);
9539 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
9540 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
9541 copy_declaration_context (unit, c);
9543 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
9544 replacement = remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c, prev);
9546 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
9547 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9549 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
9550 add_child_die (unit, c);
9552 if (replacement != NULL)
9555 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9556 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
9557 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
9558 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type)
9560 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
9561 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9563 } while (next != NULL);
9566 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
9568 struct decl_table_entry
9574 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
9577 htab_decl_hash (const void *of)
9579 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry =
9580 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of;
9582 return htab_hash_pointer (entry->orig);
9586 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9588 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry1 =
9589 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of1;
9590 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9592 return entry1->orig == entry2;
9596 htab_decl_del (void *what)
9598 struct decl_table_entry *entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) what;
9603 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
9604 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
9605 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
9606 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
9609 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9611 dw_die_ref parent = die->die_parent;
9612 dw_die_ref new_parent = unit;
9615 struct decl_table_entry *entry = NULL;
9619 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
9620 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, die,
9621 htab_hash_pointer (die), INSERT);
9622 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9624 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9628 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
9629 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9637 dw_die_ref spec = get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification);
9640 if (parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9641 && parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9642 new_parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, parent, decl_table);
9645 copy = clone_as_declaration (die);
9646 add_child_die (new_parent, copy);
9648 if (decl_table != NULL)
9650 /* Make sure the copy is marked as part of the type unit. */
9652 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
9659 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
9660 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
9664 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9670 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9672 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
9674 dw_die_ref targ = AT_ref (a);
9675 comdat_type_node_ref type_node = targ->die_id.die_type_node;
9677 struct decl_table_entry *entry;
9679 if (targ->die_mark != 0 || type_node != NULL)
9682 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, targ,
9683 htab_hash_pointer (targ), INSERT);
9685 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9687 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
9688 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
9689 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9690 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = entry->copy;
9694 dw_die_ref parent = unit;
9695 dw_die_ref copy = clone_tree (targ);
9697 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
9701 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
9702 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
9703 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
9704 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
9705 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9710 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
9711 into the new type unit. */
9712 if (targ->die_parent != NULL
9713 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9714 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9715 parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, targ->die_parent,
9718 add_child_die (parent, copy);
9719 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = copy;
9721 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
9722 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
9723 get visited otherwise. */
9725 copy_decls_walk (unit, parent, decl_table);
9730 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, copy_decls_walk (unit, c, decl_table));
9733 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
9734 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
9735 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
9736 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
9737 don't have an external reference. */
9740 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit)
9745 decl_table = htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash, htab_decl_eq, htab_decl_del);
9746 copy_decls_walk (unit, unit, decl_table);
9747 htab_delete (decl_table);
9751 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
9752 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
9753 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
9756 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
9760 if (! die->die_child)
9763 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
9764 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
9766 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
9769 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
9772 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
9778 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9779 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
9780 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
9782 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
9785 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
9786 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
9787 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
9788 die are visited recursively. */
9791 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
9793 unsigned long abbrev_id;
9794 unsigned int n_alloc;
9799 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
9800 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
9801 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9802 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
9803 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
9805 gcc_assert (dwarf_version >= 4 || AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
9806 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
9809 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
9811 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
9812 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
9816 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
9818 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
9821 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
9822 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
9825 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a); ix++)
9827 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
9828 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
9829 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
9839 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
9841 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
9843 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9844 abbrev_die_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, abbrev_die_table,
9847 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
9848 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
9849 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
9852 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
9853 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
9856 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
9857 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
9860 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
9863 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value)
9870 log = floor_log2 (value);
9873 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
9878 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
9879 .debug_info section. */
9881 static unsigned long
9882 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
9884 unsigned long size = 0;
9888 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
9889 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9891 switch (AT_class (a))
9893 case dw_val_class_addr:
9894 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9896 case dw_val_class_offset:
9897 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9899 case dw_val_class_loc:
9901 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
9904 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
9905 size += size_of_uleb128 (lsize);
9907 size += constant_size (lsize);
9911 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
9912 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9914 case dw_val_class_range_list:
9915 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9917 case dw_val_class_const:
9918 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
9920 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
9921 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
9923 case dw_val_class_const_double:
9924 size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
9925 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
9928 case dw_val_class_vec:
9929 size += constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
9930 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size)
9931 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
9932 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size; /* block */
9934 case dw_val_class_flag:
9935 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
9936 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
9937 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
9938 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
9939 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
9940 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
9941 the same abbrev entry. */
9942 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
9946 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
9947 if (AT_ref_external (a))
9949 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
9950 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
9951 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
9952 it's always sized as an offset. */
9953 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
9954 size += DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE;
9955 else if (dwarf_version == 2)
9956 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9958 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9961 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9963 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
9964 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9966 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
9967 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9969 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
9970 case dw_val_class_macptr:
9971 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9973 case dw_val_class_str:
9974 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
9975 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9977 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
9979 case dw_val_class_file:
9980 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
9982 case dw_val_class_data8:
9993 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
9994 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
9995 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
9996 die_offset field in each DIE. */
9999 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
10003 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
10004 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
10006 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
10008 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10009 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10010 next_die_offset += 1;
10013 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10014 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10015 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10016 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10019 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10023 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
10026 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
10029 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10032 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10036 if (dwarf_version < 4)
10037 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10040 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
10043 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10046 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10052 if (!die->die_mark)
10056 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
10058 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10059 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
10060 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
10063 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10064 generated for the compilation unit. */
10066 static unsigned long
10067 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10069 unsigned long size;
10073 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
10074 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, p); i++)
10075 if (names != pubtype_table
10076 || p->die->die_offset != 0
10077 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10078 size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
10080 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10084 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10086 static unsigned long
10087 size_of_aranges (void)
10089 unsigned long size;
10091 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
10093 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10094 if (text_section_used)
10095 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10096 if (cold_text_section_used)
10097 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10098 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
10100 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10101 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10105 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10107 static enum dwarf_form
10108 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10110 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
10112 case dw_val_class_addr:
10113 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10114 switch (a->dw_attr)
10117 case DW_AT_high_pc:
10118 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
10119 case DW_AT_trampoline:
10120 return DW_FORM_addr;
10124 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10127 return DW_FORM_data1;
10129 return DW_FORM_data2;
10131 return DW_FORM_data4;
10133 return DW_FORM_data8;
10135 gcc_unreachable ();
10137 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10138 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10139 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10140 return DW_FORM_sec_offset;
10142 case dw_val_class_offset:
10143 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
10146 return DW_FORM_data4;
10148 return DW_FORM_data8;
10150 gcc_unreachable ();
10152 case dw_val_class_loc:
10153 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10154 return DW_FORM_exprloc;
10155 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
10158 return DW_FORM_block1;
10160 return DW_FORM_block2;
10162 gcc_unreachable ();
10164 case dw_val_class_const:
10165 return DW_FORM_sdata;
10166 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10167 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
10170 return DW_FORM_data1;
10172 return DW_FORM_data2;
10174 return DW_FORM_data4;
10176 return DW_FORM_data8;
10178 gcc_unreachable ();
10180 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10181 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10184 return DW_FORM_data2;
10186 return DW_FORM_data4;
10188 return DW_FORM_data8;
10191 return DW_FORM_block1;
10193 case dw_val_class_vec:
10194 switch (constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10195 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size))
10198 return DW_FORM_block1;
10200 return DW_FORM_block2;
10202 return DW_FORM_block4;
10204 gcc_unreachable ();
10206 case dw_val_class_flag:
10207 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10209 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10210 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10211 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10212 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10213 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10214 the same abbrev entry. */
10215 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
10216 return DW_FORM_flag_present;
10218 return DW_FORM_flag;
10219 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10220 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10221 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8 : DW_FORM_ref_addr;
10223 return DW_FORM_ref;
10224 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10225 return DW_FORM_data;
10226 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10227 return DW_FORM_addr;
10228 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10229 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10230 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset : DW_FORM_data;
10231 case dw_val_class_str:
10232 return AT_string_form (a);
10233 case dw_val_class_file:
10234 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
10237 return DW_FORM_data1;
10239 return DW_FORM_data2;
10241 return DW_FORM_data4;
10243 gcc_unreachable ();
10246 case dw_val_class_data8:
10247 return DW_FORM_data8;
10250 gcc_unreachable ();
10254 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
10257 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10259 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
10261 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
10264 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10268 output_abbrev_section (void)
10270 unsigned long abbrev_id;
10272 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
10274 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
10276 dw_attr_ref a_attr;
10278 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
10279 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
10280 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
10282 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
10283 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
10285 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
10287 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
10290 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
10291 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
10292 output_value_format (a_attr);
10295 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10296 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10299 /* Terminate the table. */
10300 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10303 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
10306 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
10308 char *sym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10313 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
10314 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
10315 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
10317 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
10319 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
10322 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10325 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10326 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
10327 const char *section)
10329 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_list_node);
10331 retlist->begin = begin;
10332 retlist->end = end;
10333 retlist->expr = expr;
10334 retlist->section = section;
10339 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
10340 hasn't got one yet. */
10343 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list)
10345 gcc_assert (!list->ll_symbol);
10346 list->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10349 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10352 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
10354 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
10356 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
10358 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10359 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
10361 unsigned long size;
10362 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10363 if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0)
10365 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
10367 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
10368 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10369 list_head->ll_symbol);
10370 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
10371 "Location list end address (%s)",
10372 list_head->ll_symbol);
10376 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
10377 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10378 list_head->ll_symbol);
10379 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
10380 "Location list end address (%s)",
10381 list_head->ll_symbol);
10383 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
10385 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10386 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
10387 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
10389 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
10392 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10393 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10394 list_head->ll_symbol);
10395 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10396 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10397 list_head->ll_symbol);
10400 /* Output a type signature. */
10403 output_signature (const char *sig, const char *name)
10407 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10408 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig[i], i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10411 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10412 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10415 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
10419 unsigned long size;
10422 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
10423 them to point to. */
10424 if (dwarf_version < 4 && die->die_id.die_symbol)
10425 output_die_symbol (die);
10427 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
10428 (unsigned long)die->die_offset,
10429 dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
10431 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10433 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
10435 switch (AT_class (a))
10437 case dw_val_class_addr:
10438 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
10441 case dw_val_class_offset:
10442 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
10446 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10448 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
10450 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
10451 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
10452 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
10453 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
10458 case dw_val_class_loc:
10459 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
10461 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10462 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10463 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "%s", name);
10465 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
10467 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
10470 case dw_val_class_const:
10471 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10472 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10473 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
10474 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
10477 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10478 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
10479 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
10482 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10484 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
10486 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
10487 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10488 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10489 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10492 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
10494 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10495 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10499 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10500 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10503 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10505 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10510 case dw_val_class_vec:
10512 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
10513 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
10517 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len * elt_size),
10518 len * elt_size, "%s", name);
10519 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
10524 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
10526 i++, p += elt_size)
10527 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
10528 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
10532 case dw_val_class_flag:
10533 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10535 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10536 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10537 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10538 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10539 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10540 the same abbrev entry. */
10541 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a) == 1);
10542 if (flag_debug_asm)
10543 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
10544 ASM_COMMENT_START, name);
10547 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
10550 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10552 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
10555 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
10560 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10561 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10563 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10565 comdat_type_node_ref type_node =
10566 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node;
10568 gcc_assert (type_node);
10569 output_signature (type_node->signature, name);
10573 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol;
10577 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
10578 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
10580 if (dwarf_version == 2)
10581 size = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10583 size = DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10584 dw2_asm_output_offset (size, sym, debug_info_section, "%s",
10590 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
10591 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
10596 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10600 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
10601 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
10602 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
10607 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10608 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
10611 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10612 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10613 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
10616 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10617 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10618 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
10621 case dw_val_class_str:
10622 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
10623 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10624 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
10626 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
10628 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
10631 case dw_val_class_file:
10633 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
10635 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
10636 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
10640 case dw_val_class_data8:
10644 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
10645 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i],
10646 i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10651 gcc_unreachable ();
10655 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
10657 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
10658 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10659 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
10660 (unsigned long) die->die_offset);
10663 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
10664 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
10667 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
10669 int ver = dwarf_version;
10671 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10672 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10673 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10674 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10675 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
10676 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
10677 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF version number");
10678 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
10679 debug_abbrev_section,
10680 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
10681 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
10684 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
10687 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
10689 const char *secname;
10690 char *oldsym, *tmp;
10692 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
10693 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
10696 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
10697 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
10698 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
10699 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
10700 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10703 build_abbrev_table (die);
10705 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10706 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10707 calc_die_sizes (die);
10709 oldsym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10712 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym) + 24);
10714 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
10716 die->die_id.die_symbol = NULL;
10717 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
10720 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
10722 /* Output debugging information. */
10723 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10726 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
10727 output_pubnames. */
10731 die->die_id.die_symbol = oldsym;
10735 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
10738 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *node)
10740 const char *secname;
10743 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10747 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10748 mark_dies (node->root_die);
10750 build_abbrev_table (node->root_die);
10752 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10753 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10754 calc_die_sizes (node->root_die);
10756 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10757 secname = ".debug_types";
10758 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
10759 sprintf (tmp, "wt.");
10760 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10761 sprintf (tmp + 3 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
10762 comdat_key = get_identifier (tmp);
10763 targetm.asm_out.named_section (secname,
10764 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_LINKONCE,
10767 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
10768 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
10769 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10770 sprintf (tmp + 17 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
10772 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
10775 /* Output debugging information. */
10776 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10777 output_signature (node->signature, "Type Signature");
10778 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->type_die->die_offset,
10779 "Offset to Type DIE");
10780 output_die (node->root_die);
10782 unmark_dies (node->root_die);
10785 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
10787 static const char *
10788 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
10790 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
10793 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
10796 add_pubname_string (const char *str, dw_die_ref die)
10801 e.name = xstrdup (str);
10802 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e);
10806 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10808 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
10810 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
10812 add_pubname_string (name, die);
10816 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
10819 add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10824 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10825 || die->die_parent == comp_unit_die)
10826 && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
10831 if (TYPE_NAME (decl))
10833 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10834 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl));
10835 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL
10836 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)))
10837 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)));
10839 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name));
10844 e.name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
10846 e.name = xstrdup (e.name);
10849 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
10850 it to the table. */
10851 if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0')
10852 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e);
10856 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
10857 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
10860 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10863 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
10866 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10867 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10868 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10869 if (names == pubname_table)
10870 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
10871 "Length of Public Names Info");
10873 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
10874 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
10875 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10876 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10877 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
10878 debug_info_section,
10879 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10880 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
10881 "Compilation Unit Length");
10883 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, pub); i++)
10885 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10886 if (names == pubname_table)
10887 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
10889 if (names != pubtype_table
10890 || pub->die->die_offset != 0
10891 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10893 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
10896 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
10900 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
10903 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
10906 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10908 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10911 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
10913 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
10914 arange_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, arange_table,
10915 arange_table_allocated);
10916 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
10917 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
10920 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
10923 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
10924 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
10925 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
10928 output_aranges (void)
10931 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
10933 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10934 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10935 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10936 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
10937 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
10938 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10939 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10940 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
10941 debug_info_section,
10942 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10943 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
10944 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
10946 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
10947 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
10949 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
10951 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
10952 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
10953 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
10954 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
10957 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
10958 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
10959 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
10960 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
10961 confused with the terminator. */
10962 if (text_section_used)
10964 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
10965 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
10966 text_section_label, "Length");
10968 if (cold_text_section_used)
10970 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
10972 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
10973 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
10976 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
10978 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
10980 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10981 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10983 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10985 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
10987 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
10988 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
10992 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
10993 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
10994 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
10995 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
10996 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
10998 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
11001 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
11003 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11004 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
11005 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11006 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
11011 /* Output the terminator words. */
11012 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11013 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11016 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
11019 static unsigned int
11020 add_ranges_num (int num)
11022 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
11024 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
11026 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11027 ranges_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct, ranges_table,
11028 ranges_table_allocated);
11029 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
11030 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
11033 ranges_table[in_use].num = num;
11034 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
11036 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
11039 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11040 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11042 static unsigned int
11043 add_ranges (const_tree block)
11045 return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
11048 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11052 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die, const char *begin, const char *end,
11055 unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use;
11056 unsigned int offset;
11058 if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated)
11060 ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11061 ranges_by_label = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct,
11063 ranges_by_label_allocated);
11064 memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0,
11065 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11066 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct));
11069 ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin;
11070 ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end;
11071 ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1;
11073 offset = add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1);
11076 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, offset);
11082 output_ranges (void)
11085 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
11086 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
11088 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
11090 int block_num = ranges_table[i].num;
11094 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11095 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11097 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
11098 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
11100 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11101 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11102 base of the text section. */
11103 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11105 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11106 text_section_label,
11107 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11108 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
11109 text_section_label, NULL);
11112 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11113 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11114 about whether the target supports cross-section
11118 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11119 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11120 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
11126 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11127 else if (block_num < 0)
11129 int lab_idx = - block_num - 1;
11131 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11133 gcc_unreachable ();
11135 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11136 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11137 the #if 0 above. */
11138 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11139 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11140 text_section_label,
11141 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11142 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11143 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11144 text_section_label, NULL);
11149 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11150 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11151 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11152 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11153 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11159 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11160 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11166 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11169 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
11170 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
11171 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
11172 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
11173 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
11176 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11180 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
11181 int length; /* Path length. */
11182 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11183 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11184 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11187 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11188 the directories in the path. */
11191 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
11193 const struct file_info *const s1 = (const struct file_info *) p1;
11194 const struct file_info *const s2 = (const struct file_info *) p2;
11195 const unsigned char *cp1;
11196 const unsigned char *cp2;
11198 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11199 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11200 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11201 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11202 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11203 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
11204 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
11206 cp1 = (const unsigned char *) s1->path;
11207 cp2 = (const unsigned char *) s2->path;
11213 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
11214 if ((cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname)
11215 || (cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname))
11216 return ((cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname)
11217 - (cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname));
11219 /* Character of current path component the same? */
11220 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
11221 return *cp1 - *cp2;
11225 struct file_name_acquire_data
11227 struct file_info *files;
11232 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
11235 file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
11237 struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = (struct file_name_acquire_data *) data;
11238 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
11239 struct file_info *fi;
11242 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
11244 if (! d->emitted_number)
11247 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
11249 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
11251 /* Skip all leading "./". */
11253 while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1]))
11256 /* Create a new array entry. */
11258 fi->length = strlen (f);
11261 /* Search for the file name part. */
11262 f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR);
11263 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
11265 char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2);
11269 if (f == NULL || f < g)
11275 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
11279 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
11280 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
11281 slowdowns with many input files. */
11284 output_file_names (void)
11286 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
11288 struct file_info *files;
11289 struct dir_info *dirs;
11297 if (!last_emitted_file)
11299 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11300 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11304 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
11306 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
11307 files = XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info, numfiles);
11308 dirs = XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info, numfiles);
11310 fnad.files = files;
11311 fnad.used_files = 0;
11312 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
11313 htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
11314 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
11316 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
11318 /* Find all the different directories used. */
11319 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
11320 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
11321 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
11323 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
11324 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
11327 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
11328 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
11329 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
11330 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
11332 /* Same directory as last entry. */
11333 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
11334 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
11340 /* This is a new directory. */
11341 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
11342 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
11343 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
11344 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
11345 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
11347 /* Search for a prefix. */
11348 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
11349 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
11350 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
11351 && dirs[j].length > 1
11352 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
11353 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
11354 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
11355 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
11360 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
11361 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
11362 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
11363 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
11364 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
11365 results in most cases and never is much off. */
11366 saved = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11367 savehere = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11369 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
11370 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
11375 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
11376 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
11377 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
11378 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
11380 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
11383 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
11385 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
11389 k = dirs[j].prefix;
11390 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
11391 k = dirs[k].prefix;
11395 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
11396 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
11398 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
11399 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
11404 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
11406 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
11408 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
11409 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
11410 if (savehere[j] > 0)
11412 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
11413 saved[j] = savehere[j];
11415 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
11416 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
11421 /* Emit the directory name table. */
11422 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
11423 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
11424 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path,
11426 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR,
11427 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", i + idx_offset);
11429 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11431 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
11432 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
11433 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
11434 backmap = XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles);
11435 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11436 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
11438 /* Now write all the file names. */
11439 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11441 int file_idx = backmap[i];
11442 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
11444 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11445 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
11447 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
11448 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
11453 int maxfilelen = strlen (files[file_idx].path)
11454 + dirs[dir_idx].length
11455 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN + 1;
11456 char *filebuf = XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen);
11458 vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, 0, 0, &ver);
11459 snprintf (filebuf, maxfilelen, "%s;%d",
11460 files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, ver);
11462 dw2_asm_output_nstring
11463 (filebuf, -1, "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11465 /* Include directory index. */
11466 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11468 /* Modification time. */
11469 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11470 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, &cdt, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
11474 /* File length in bytes. */
11475 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11476 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, &siz, 0, 0) == 0)
11480 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
11481 "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11483 /* Include directory index. */
11484 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11486 /* Modification time. */
11487 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11489 /* File length in bytes. */
11490 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11494 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11498 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
11499 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
11502 output_line_info (void)
11504 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
11505 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11506 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11508 unsigned n_op_args;
11509 unsigned long lt_index;
11510 unsigned long current_line;
11513 unsigned long current_file;
11514 unsigned long function;
11515 int ver = dwarf_version;
11517 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
11518 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
11519 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
11520 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
11522 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11523 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11524 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11525 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
11526 "Length of Source Line Info");
11527 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
11529 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF Version");
11530 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
11531 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
11533 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
11534 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
11535 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
11536 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
11537 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
11538 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
11539 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
11540 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
11541 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
11542 "Minimum Instruction Length");
11545 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN,
11546 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
11547 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
11548 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
11549 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
11550 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
11551 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
11552 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
11553 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
11554 "Special Opcode Base");
11556 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
11560 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
11561 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
11562 case DW_LNS_set_file:
11563 case DW_LNS_set_column:
11564 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
11572 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
11576 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
11577 output_file_names ();
11578 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
11580 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
11581 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
11582 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
11584 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
11585 a series of state machine operations. */
11589 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
11590 strcpy (prev_line_label, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
11592 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
11593 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
11595 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
11598 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
11599 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
11602 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
11603 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
11604 that anything after the last address is this line. */
11605 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11606 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
11610 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
11612 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
11613 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
11614 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
11615 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
11616 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
11617 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
11619 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
11622 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
11623 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11624 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11625 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11629 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
11630 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
11631 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11632 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11633 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11634 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11637 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11639 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11640 different from the previous line. */
11641 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11643 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11644 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11645 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11648 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11649 that uses the least amount of space. */
11650 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11652 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11653 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11654 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11655 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11656 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
11657 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
11659 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11660 "line %lu", current_line);
11663 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
11664 depending on the value being encoded. */
11665 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11666 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11667 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11668 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11672 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
11673 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11676 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11679 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11680 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11681 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11685 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11686 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11687 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11688 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
11691 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11692 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11693 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11698 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
11700 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
11701 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
11704 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
11705 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11706 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
11707 && line_info->function == function)
11711 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
11712 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
11713 to handle it differently. */
11714 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11716 if (function != line_info->function)
11718 function = line_info->function;
11720 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
11721 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11722 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11723 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11724 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11728 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
11731 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11732 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11733 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11737 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11738 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11739 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11740 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11744 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11746 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11747 different from the previous line. */
11748 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11750 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11751 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11752 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11755 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11756 that uses the least amount of space. */
11757 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11759 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11760 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11761 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11762 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11763 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11764 "line %lu", current_line);
11767 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11768 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11769 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11770 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11774 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11782 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
11783 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
11784 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
11789 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11790 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
11793 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11794 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11795 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11799 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11800 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11801 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11802 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11805 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
11806 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11807 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11808 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11812 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
11813 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
11816 /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
11818 static unsigned long
11819 size_of_dcall_table (void)
11821 unsigned long size;
11824 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
11826 /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
11827 size = 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
11829 /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
11830 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
11832 gcc_assert (p->targ_die != NULL);
11833 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11834 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
11836 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
11837 gcc_assert (poc_die);
11838 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
11840 size += (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
11841 + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset));
11843 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset);
11849 /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11850 identical function have been merged. */
11853 output_dcall_table (void)
11856 unsigned long dcall_length = size_of_dcall_table ();
11858 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11859 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
11861 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11862 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11863 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11864 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, dcall_length,
11865 "Length of Direct Call Table");
11866 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11867 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
11868 debug_info_section,
11869 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11870 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11872 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
11874 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11875 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
11877 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
11878 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
11881 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, "New caller");
11882 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset,
11883 "Caller DIE offset");
11886 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
11887 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
11888 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset,
11889 "Callee DIE offset");
11893 /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
11895 static unsigned long
11896 size_of_vcall_table (void)
11898 unsigned long size;
11902 /* Header: version + pointer size. */
11905 /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
11906 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
11907 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot);
11912 /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11913 identical function have been merged. */
11916 output_vcall_table (void)
11919 unsigned long vcall_length = size_of_vcall_table ();
11921 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11923 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11924 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11925 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11926 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, vcall_length,
11927 "Length of Virtual Call Table");
11928 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11929 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11931 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
11933 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
11934 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
11935 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot, "Vtable slot");
11939 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
11940 a DIE that describes the given type.
11942 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
11943 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
11946 base_type_die (tree type)
11948 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
11949 enum dwarf_type encoding;
11951 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
11954 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
11955 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
11956 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE)
11957 type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11959 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11962 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
11964 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11965 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
11967 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
11969 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11970 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
11972 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
11976 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
11978 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
11979 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
11981 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
11984 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
11987 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
11988 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
11989 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
11990 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11991 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed;
11993 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed;
11996 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
11997 a user defined type for it. */
11999 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
12000 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
12002 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12006 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
12007 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
12011 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
12012 gcc_unreachable ();
12015 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12017 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
12018 if (! TYPE_NAME (type))
12019 add_name_attribute (base_type_result, "__unknown__");
12021 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
12022 int_size_in_bytes (type));
12023 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
12025 return base_type_result;
12028 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12029 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12032 is_base_type (tree type)
12034 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12040 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12048 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12049 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12050 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12053 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12060 gcc_unreachable ();
12066 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12067 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12068 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12069 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12070 ERROR_MARK node. */
12072 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12073 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
12075 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
12076 return BITS_PER_WORD;
12077 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
12079 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
12080 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
12082 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
12085 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12086 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12089 subrange_type_die (tree type, tree low, tree high, dw_die_ref context_die)
12091 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
12092 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
12094 if (context_die == NULL)
12095 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12097 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
12099 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
12101 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12102 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12103 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
12107 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, low);
12109 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, high);
12111 return subrange_die;
12114 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12115 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12118 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
12119 dw_die_ref context_die)
12121 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
12122 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
12123 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
12124 tree item_type = NULL;
12125 tree qualified_type;
12126 tree name, low, high;
12128 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
12131 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12134 = get_qualified_type (type,
12135 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
12136 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
12138 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12139 if (qualified_type)
12141 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12143 return mod_type_die;
12146 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
12148 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12149 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name))
12151 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
12153 if (qualified_type == dtype)
12155 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12156 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
12157 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12159 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12160 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12161 || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12162 && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12163 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
12164 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12165 type to which it refers. */
12166 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
12167 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
12169 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12174 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12175 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
12177 else if (is_volatile_type)
12179 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12180 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
12182 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
12184 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12185 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12186 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12187 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12188 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12189 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12190 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12192 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
12194 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12195 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12196 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12197 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12198 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12199 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12200 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12202 else if (code == INTEGER_TYPE
12203 && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE
12204 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type, &low, &high))
12206 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, low, high, context_die);
12207 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12209 else if (is_base_type (type))
12210 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
12213 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12215 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12216 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12217 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12218 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12219 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12221 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12222 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
12224 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12225 not the main variant. */
12226 return lookup_type_die (type);
12229 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12230 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12231 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12232 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12233 if the base type already has the same name. */
12235 && ((TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL
12236 && (qualified_type == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)
12237 || (!is_const_type && !is_volatile_type)))
12238 || (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL
12239 && TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type
12240 && DECL_NAME (name))))
12242 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
12243 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12244 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12245 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12246 name = DECL_NAME (name);
12247 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
12250 if (qualified_type)
12251 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
12254 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12255 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
12256 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
12257 types are possible in Ada. */
12258 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
12259 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
12260 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
12263 if (sub_die != NULL)
12264 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
12266 return mod_type_die;
12269 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12270 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12271 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
12274 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t)
12278 dw_die_ref die = NULL;
12280 if (!t || (TYPE_P (t) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t)))
12284 die = lookup_type_die (t);
12285 else if (DECL_P (t))
12286 die = lookup_decl_die (t);
12290 parms = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t);
12292 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
12293 or function. End of story. */
12296 parms_num = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms);
12297 args = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_args (t);
12298 for (i = 0; i < parms_num; i++)
12300 tree parm, arg, arg_pack_elems;
12302 parm = TREE_VEC_ELT (parms, i);
12303 arg = TREE_VEC_ELT (args, i);
12304 arg_pack_elems = lang_hooks.types.get_argument_pack_elems (arg);
12305 gcc_assert (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg);
12307 if (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg)
12309 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
12310 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
12311 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
12312 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
12313 an argument pack. */
12314 if (arg_pack_elems)
12315 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm),
12319 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg,
12320 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die);
12325 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
12326 the representation of a generic type parameter.
12327 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
12328 ARG is the argument to PARM.
12329 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
12331 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
12332 as a child node. */
12335 generic_parameter_die (tree parm, tree arg,
12337 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12339 dw_die_ref tmpl_die = NULL;
12340 const char *name = NULL;
12342 if (!parm || !DECL_NAME (parm) || !arg)
12345 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
12346 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
12347 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
12349 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12350 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
12351 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param, parent_die, parm);
12352 else if (TREE_CODE (parm) == TYPE_DECL)
12353 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
12354 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param, parent_die, parm);
12355 else if (lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12356 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
12357 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
12358 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
12359 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
12360 name of the template template argument. */
12361 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param,
12364 gcc_unreachable ();
12370 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
12371 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
12372 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
12373 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
12377 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm));
12379 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_name, name);
12382 if (!lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12384 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
12385 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
12386 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
12387 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
12388 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
12389 tmpl_type = TYPE_P (arg) ? arg : TREE_TYPE (arg);
12390 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die, tmpl_type, 0,
12391 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type),
12396 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
12397 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
12398 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
12400 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
12401 to the name of the argument. */
12402 name = dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg) ? TYPE_NAME (arg) : arg, 1);
12404 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_GNU_template_name, name);
12407 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12408 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
12409 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
12410 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
12412 We must be careful here:
12413 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
12414 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
12415 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
12416 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
12417 emitted after cgraph computations.
12418 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
12419 after cgraph is ready. */
12420 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die, arg);
12426 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
12427 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
12428 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
12431 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
12432 tree parm_pack_args,
12433 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12438 gcc_assert (parent_die && parm_pack);
12440 die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, parent_die, parm_pack);
12441 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, parm_pack);
12442 for (j = 0; j < TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args); j++)
12443 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack,
12444 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args, j),
12445 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
12450 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
12451 an enumerated type. */
12454 type_is_enum (const_tree type)
12456 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
12459 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
12461 static unsigned int
12462 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl)
12464 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
12466 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
12468 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12469 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12471 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
12472 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12473 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12477 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
12480 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
12481 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
12482 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
12485 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
12487 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
12489 if (*list_head != NULL)
12491 /* Find the end of the chain. */
12492 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
12495 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
12496 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
12500 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
12501 zero if there is none. */
12503 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12504 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
12508 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12511 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
12513 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
12514 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
12516 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized);
12519 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
12520 a given hard register number. */
12522 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12523 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
12525 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
12529 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + regno), 0, 0);
12531 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
12533 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12534 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12536 return reg_loc_descr;
12539 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
12540 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
12542 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12543 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
12544 enum var_init_status initialized)
12546 int nregs, size, i;
12548 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12551 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12552 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12554 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
12555 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12556 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12559 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
12560 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
12562 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
12563 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
12565 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
12570 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12572 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
12573 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12574 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12575 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12581 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
12583 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
12585 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12588 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
12590 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12592 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
12593 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12594 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12595 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12596 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12599 if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12600 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12604 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12606 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
12608 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
12610 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12611 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12613 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12615 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
12616 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
12620 op = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_lit0 + i);
12621 else if (i <= 0xff)
12622 op = DW_OP_const1u;
12623 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12624 op = DW_OP_const2u;
12625 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12626 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12627 op = DW_OP_const4u;
12634 op = DW_OP_const1s;
12635 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12636 op = DW_OP_const2s;
12637 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12638 || i >= -0x80000000)
12639 op = DW_OP_const4s;
12644 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
12648 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
12649 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
12650 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
12652 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12653 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size, HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12656 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12658 if (!(dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
12665 else if (i <= 0xff)
12667 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12669 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12670 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12673 litsize = 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i);
12679 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12681 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12682 || i >= -0x80000000)
12685 litsize = 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i);
12687 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
12688 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
12689 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
12690 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
12691 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
12692 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE >= size && litsize + 1 <= 1 + 1 + size)
12694 loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (i);
12695 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
12696 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
12700 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
12702 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
12703 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = i;
12707 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
12709 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12710 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
12711 enum var_init_status initialized)
12713 unsigned int regno;
12714 dw_loc_descr_ref result;
12715 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
12717 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
12718 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
12719 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
12720 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
12721 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
12723 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
12727 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
12729 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
12730 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
12732 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
12733 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12734 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
12735 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
12736 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12737 : stack_pointer_rtx));
12739 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
12740 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
12741 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
12742 access stack variables. */
12743 if (crtl->stack_realign_tried
12744 && reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
12747 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
12748 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
12749 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
12750 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg, offset);
12753 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
12754 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
12759 && (fde->drap_reg == REGNO (reg)
12760 || fde->vdrap_reg == REGNO (reg)))
12762 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
12763 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
12764 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
12765 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
12766 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
12767 else in other part of the routine. */
12768 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
12771 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
12773 result = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + regno),
12776 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
12778 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12779 add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12784 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
12787 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl)
12789 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
12790 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
12791 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
12792 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))));
12795 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
12798 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12799 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem)
12802 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
12804 if (MEM_EXPR (mem) == NULL_TREE || MEM_OFFSET (mem) == NULL_RTX)
12807 base = get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem));
12809 || TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL
12810 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base))
12813 loc_result = loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem), 1);
12814 if (loc_result == NULL)
12817 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)))
12818 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)));
12823 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
12827 expansion_failed (tree expr, rtx rtl, char const *reason)
12829 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
12831 fprintf (dump_file, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
12833 print_generic_expr (dump_file, expr, dump_flags);
12836 fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
12837 print_rtl (dump_file, rtl);
12839 fprintf (dump_file, "\nReason: %s\n", reason);
12843 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
12844 or via for_each_rtx. */
12847 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx *rtlp, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12851 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSPEC)
12853 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
12854 we can't express it in the debug info. */
12855 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
12856 inform (current_function_decl
12857 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl)
12858 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION,
12859 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
12862 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12863 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
12867 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF)
12870 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
12873 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
12874 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
12875 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
12878 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12879 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
12884 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
12887 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
12888 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
12889 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
12890 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
12891 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
12892 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl))
12894 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
12896 if (decl == NULL || !targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
12898 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12899 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
12907 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
12908 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
12909 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
12912 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl)
12914 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF)
12915 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl, NULL) == 0;
12917 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST)
12918 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), const_ok_for_output_1, NULL) == 0;
12923 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
12924 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
12925 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
12926 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
12928 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
12929 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
12930 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
12931 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
12933 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
12934 autoincrement addressing modes.
12936 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
12937 location list for RTL.
12939 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
12941 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12942 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
12943 enum var_init_status initialized)
12945 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
12946 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12947 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
12949 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
12950 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
12951 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
12952 zeroth element of the array. */
12954 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
12956 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
12961 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
12964 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
12965 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
12966 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
12967 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
12968 contains the given subreg. */
12969 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
12971 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
12972 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12974 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl)) != MODE_INT)
12976 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, initialized);
12980 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
12981 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
12982 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
12983 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
12984 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
12985 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
12986 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
12987 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
12988 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
12989 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
12990 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
12991 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
12992 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
12993 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12994 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12995 else if (stack_realign_drap
12997 && crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer == rtl
12998 && REGNO (crtl->drap_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13000 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
13001 out, use DRAP instead. */
13002 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (crtl->drap_reg, 0,
13003 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13009 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13010 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13015 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13016 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13017 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13018 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTEND)
13022 mem_loc_result = op0;
13023 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13024 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13025 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13026 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13031 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
13032 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13033 if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
13034 mem_loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13035 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
13037 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13039 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, "DWARF address size mismatch");
13042 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13043 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
13045 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13046 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size,
13047 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)), 0));
13051 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
13052 if (new_rtl != rtl)
13053 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
13058 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13060 /* ... fall through ... */
13063 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13064 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13068 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
13069 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
13071 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13073 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13074 if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
13077 temp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13078 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13079 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13080 temp->dtprel = true;
13082 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
13083 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, temp);
13088 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13092 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13093 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13094 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13095 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13101 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13102 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13106 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13107 PLUS code below. */
13108 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13113 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13115 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
13116 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
13117 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
13118 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
13120 /* ... fall through ... */
13124 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
13125 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
13126 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
13127 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13130 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13131 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13132 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
13135 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13136 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13139 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13140 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13141 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13142 if (mem_loc_result2 == 0)
13144 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_result2);
13145 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13146 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
13151 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13152 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13194 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13195 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13196 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13197 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13199 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13202 mem_loc_result = op0;
13203 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13204 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13208 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13209 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13210 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13211 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13213 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13216 mem_loc_result = op0;
13217 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13218 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13219 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13220 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
13221 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13222 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
13238 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13239 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13244 mem_loc_result = op0;
13245 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13249 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
13277 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13278 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13282 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13284 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13285 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13286 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13289 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13290 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13291 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13292 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13294 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13297 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13298 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13300 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode);
13301 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13302 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
13303 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
13304 if (op == DW_OP_eq || op == DW_OP_ne)
13306 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13308 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13309 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13312 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13313 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13315 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
13316 whether they are zero extended or not. */
13317 if (((last0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13318 && last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13319 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13320 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13321 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13322 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13323 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))
13324 && ((last1->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13325 && last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13326 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13327 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13328 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
13329 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13330 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13331 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)))))
13334 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13335 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13336 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13337 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift);
13340 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13341 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13347 mem_loc_result = op0;
13348 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13349 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13350 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1)
13352 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13353 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE));
13354 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13375 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13376 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13380 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13382 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13383 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13384 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13387 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13388 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13389 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13390 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13392 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13395 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13396 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13398 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
13399 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13401 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13402 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13405 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13406 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13408 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13409 op0 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & mask);
13410 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13411 else if (last0->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13412 || last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13413 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13415 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13416 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13418 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13419 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & mask);
13420 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13421 else if (last1->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13422 || last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13423 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13425 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13426 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13431 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13432 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13433 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13434 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13435 op1 = int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bias
13436 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13438 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
13448 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) != MODE_INT
13449 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13450 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13453 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13454 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13455 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13456 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13458 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13461 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
13462 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13463 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13464 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMAX)
13466 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13468 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13469 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13470 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13471 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13472 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13476 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13477 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13478 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13479 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13482 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13484 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13485 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13486 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13487 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13488 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13489 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13490 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13493 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN)
13497 mem_loc_result = op0;
13498 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13499 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13501 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, drop_node;
13503 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
13504 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node);
13505 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13506 drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
13507 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node);
13508 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
13509 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
13515 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13516 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13517 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13518 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13519 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)))
13520 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13521 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13524 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13525 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13528 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTRACT)
13532 mem_loc_result = op0;
13533 size = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13534 shift = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2));
13535 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13536 shift = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13538 if (shift + size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13540 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13541 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13543 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13545 if (size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13547 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13548 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - size));
13549 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13559 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
13560 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
13587 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
13589 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
13592 case FRACT_CONVERT:
13593 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT:
13595 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT:
13607 case VEC_DUPLICATE:
13610 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
13611 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
13616 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
13620 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13621 print_rtl (stderr, rtl);
13622 gcc_unreachable ();
13628 if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13629 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13631 return mem_loc_result;
13634 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
13635 This is typically a complex variable. */
13637 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13638 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized)
13640 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13641 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
13642 = loc_descriptor (x0, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13643 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
13644 = loc_descriptor (x1, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13646 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
13649 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
13650 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
13652 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
13653 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
13655 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13656 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13658 return cc_loc_result;
13661 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
13664 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13665 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized)
13668 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13669 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
13671 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
13673 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
13674 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
13676 ref = loc_descriptor (x, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13680 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
13681 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
13684 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13685 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13687 return cc_loc_result;
13690 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
13691 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
13692 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
13693 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
13694 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
13696 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
13697 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
13698 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
13700 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
13702 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13703 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
13704 enum var_init_status initialized)
13706 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
13708 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
13711 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13712 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13713 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13714 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13715 contains the given subreg. */
13716 loc_result = loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl), mode, initialized);
13720 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
13725 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13729 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
13731 if (loc_result == NULL)
13732 loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13733 if (loc_result == NULL)
13735 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
13736 if (new_rtl != rtl)
13737 loc_result = loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
13742 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1),
13747 loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
13752 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl)) != PARALLEL)
13754 rtx loc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl);
13755 if (GET_CODE (loc) == EXPR_LIST)
13756 loc = XEXP (loc, 0);
13757 loc_result = loc_descriptor (loc, mode, initialized);
13761 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13766 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
13767 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
13768 enum machine_mode mode;
13771 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
13772 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
13773 VOIDmode, initialized);
13774 if (loc_result == NULL)
13776 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
13777 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
13778 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
13780 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13782 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
13783 VOIDmode, initialized);
13786 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
13787 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
13788 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
13794 if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode)
13795 loc_result = address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode),
13800 if (mode == VOIDmode)
13801 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13803 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13805 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
13807 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
13808 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
13809 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
13810 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
13811 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13812 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
13813 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
13815 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
13816 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
13818 insert_float (rtl, array);
13819 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13820 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
13821 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
13822 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13826 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
13827 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double.high
13828 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl);
13829 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double.low
13830 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl);
13836 if (mode == VOIDmode)
13837 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13839 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13841 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
13842 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
13843 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
13847 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
13848 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
13850 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
13851 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
13853 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
13854 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
13856 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
13864 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
13865 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
13869 gcc_unreachable ();
13872 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
13873 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
13876 unsigned char *p0 = p;
13877 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
13879 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
13880 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13885 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
13886 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
13891 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
13892 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
13894 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
13895 insert_float (elt, p);
13900 gcc_unreachable ();
13903 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13904 length * elt_size, 0);
13905 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13906 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length;
13907 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
13908 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13913 if (mode == VOIDmode
13914 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_INT
13915 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
13916 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR)
13918 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13923 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13926 if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13927 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13929 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13930 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13931 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13932 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13933 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13938 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE (rtl) == mode
13939 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13940 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13942 /* Value expression. */
13943 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, initialized);
13945 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
13946 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13954 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
13955 address ranges where a given location is valid.
13956 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
13957 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
13958 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
13959 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
13961 static const char *
13962 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl)
13964 const char *secname;
13966 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
13968 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
13969 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
13971 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13973 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
13974 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
13976 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
13977 secname = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
13979 secname = text_section_label;
13984 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
13987 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl)
13989 return ((TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL
13990 || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
13991 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl));
13994 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
13997 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13998 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc, rtx varloc, int want_address,
13999 enum var_init_status initialized)
14001 int have_address = 0;
14002 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14003 enum machine_mode mode;
14005 if (want_address != 2)
14007 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION);
14009 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL)
14011 varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc);
14012 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST)
14013 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14014 mode = GET_MODE (varloc);
14015 if (MEM_P (varloc))
14017 rtx addr = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14018 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (addr, mode, initialized);
14023 rtx x = avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc);
14025 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, initialized);
14029 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
14036 descr = loc_descriptor (varloc, DECL_MODE (loc), initialized);
14043 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14044 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14046 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14048 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14049 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14052 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14055 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14056 if (want_address && !have_address)
14058 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14059 "Want address and only have value");
14063 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14064 if (!want_address && have_address)
14066 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14067 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14069 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14071 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14072 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14075 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14078 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14080 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14086 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
14087 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
14090 static dw_loc_list_ref
14091 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list *loc_list, tree decl, int want_address)
14093 const char *endname, *secname;
14095 enum var_init_status initialized;
14096 struct var_loc_node *node;
14097 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14098 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
14099 dw_loc_list_ref list = NULL;
14100 dw_loc_list_ref *listp = &list;
14102 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
14103 actually construct the list of locations.
14104 The first location information is what is passed to the
14105 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
14106 locations just get added on to that list.
14107 Note that we only know the start address for a location
14108 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
14109 the range [current location start, next location start].
14110 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
14111 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
14113 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
14115 for (node = loc_list->first; node->next; node = node->next)
14116 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
14118 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14119 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
14120 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
14121 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
14122 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14125 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, node->next->label,
14127 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14131 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
14132 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
14133 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
14135 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
14136 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
14137 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14140 if (!current_function_decl)
14141 endname = text_end_label;
14144 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
14145 current_function_funcdef_no);
14146 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
14149 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, endname, secname);
14150 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14154 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
14155 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
14156 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
14157 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
14158 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
14160 if (list && loc_list->first->next)
14166 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14167 as location description. */
14170 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list)
14172 gcc_assert (!list->dw_loc_next || list->ll_symbol);
14173 return !list->ll_symbol;
14176 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
14179 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list, dw_loc_descr_ref ref)
14181 dw_loc_descr_ref copy;
14182 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, ref);
14183 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14186 copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14187 memcpy (copy, ref, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14188 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, copy);
14189 while (copy->dw_loc_next)
14191 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14192 memcpy (new_copy, copy->dw_loc_next, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14193 copy->dw_loc_next = new_copy;
14196 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14200 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
14201 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14202 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
14203 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
14205 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
14206 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
14207 and merging them that will need some additional work.
14208 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
14212 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *ret, dw_loc_list_ref list)
14221 if (!list->dw_loc_next)
14223 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret, list->expr);
14226 if (!(*ret)->dw_loc_next)
14228 add_loc_descr_to_each (list, (*ret)->expr);
14232 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX,
14233 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
14234 " location lists.\n");
14239 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
14240 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
14242 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14243 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc)
14245 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
14246 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
14247 enum machine_mode mode;
14249 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
14254 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
14256 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
14257 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
14259 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0))))
14261 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14262 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
14265 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14266 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14267 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14270 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
14271 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
14272 into simple arithmetics. */
14274 static dw_loc_list_ref
14275 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc, bool toplev)
14278 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14279 enum machine_mode mode;
14281 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14282 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14284 obj = get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0),
14285 &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14286 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14288 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT)
14290 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "bitfield access");
14293 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj))
14295 expansion_failed (obj,
14296 NULL_RTX, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
14299 if (!offset && !bitpos)
14300 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), toplev ? 2 : 1);
14302 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14303 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14305 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), 0);
14310 /* Variable offset. */
14311 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14312 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14314 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14317 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14318 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14320 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14322 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14323 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
14325 else if (bytepos < 0)
14326 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14327 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14328 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14334 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
14335 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
14336 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
14337 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
14338 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
14339 to refer to register values). */
14341 static dw_loc_list_ref
14342 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14344 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL, ret1 = NULL;
14345 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14346 int have_address = 0;
14347 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14349 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
14350 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
14353 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
14356 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "ERROR_MARK");
14359 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
14360 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
14361 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
14362 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
14363 the names of types. */
14364 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
14368 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CALL_EXPR");
14369 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14372 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
14373 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
14374 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
14375 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
14376 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
14377 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14381 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
14382 e.g. for &this->field. */
14385 list_ret = loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
14386 (loc, want_address == 2);
14389 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
14390 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14393 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
14394 if (!list_ret && !ret)
14395 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
14399 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
14405 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
14408 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op;
14409 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op;
14410 bool dtprel = false;
14412 if (targetm.have_tls)
14414 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
14416 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
14419 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
14420 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
14422 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc) && !targetm.binds_local_p (loc))
14424 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14426 second_op = DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address;
14430 if (!targetm.emutls.debug_form_tls_address
14431 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
14433 loc = emutls_decl (loc);
14434 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14435 second_op = DW_OP_form_tls_address;
14438 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14439 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14444 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14445 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
14448 ret = new_loc_descr (first_op, 0, 0);
14449 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14450 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14451 ret->dtprel = dtprel;
14453 ret1 = new_loc_descr (second_op, 0, 0);
14454 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
14462 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
14463 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
14468 case FUNCTION_DECL:
14471 var_loc_list *loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (loc);
14473 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
14475 list_ret = dw_loc_list (loc_list, loc, want_address);
14476 have_address = want_address != 0;
14479 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14480 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14482 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DECL has no RTL");
14485 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl))
14487 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
14488 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14489 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
14490 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
14492 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
14494 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CONST_STRING");
14497 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl) && const_ok_for_output (rtl))
14499 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
14500 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14501 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14505 enum machine_mode mode;
14507 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
14508 if (want_address == 2)
14510 ret = loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode,
14511 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14516 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14519 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14522 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14525 expansion_failed (loc, rtl,
14526 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
14532 case ALIGN_INDIRECT_REF:
14533 case MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF:
14534 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14538 case COMPOUND_EXPR:
14539 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
14542 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
14545 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
14547 case COMPONENT_REF:
14548 case BIT_FIELD_REF:
14550 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
14551 case REALPART_EXPR:
14552 case IMAGPART_EXPR:
14555 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14556 enum machine_mode mode;
14558 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14560 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14561 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14563 gcc_assert (obj != loc);
14565 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (obj,
14567 && !bitpos && !offset ? 2 : 1);
14568 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
14569 for nonzero bitpos. */
14572 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
14574 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14575 "bitfield access");
14579 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
14581 /* Variable offset. */
14582 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14583 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14585 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14588 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14591 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14593 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
14594 else if (bytepos < 0)
14595 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14602 if ((want_address || !host_integerp (loc, 0))
14603 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14605 else if (want_address == 2
14606 && host_integerp (loc, 0)
14607 && (ret = address_of_int_loc_descriptor
14608 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)),
14609 tree_low_cst (loc, 0))))
14611 else if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
14612 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
14615 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14616 "Integer operand is not host integer");
14625 if ((ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14628 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
14629 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14630 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
14633 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
14634 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
14639 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
14644 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
14645 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
14650 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
14651 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
14652 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
14653 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
14654 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14663 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
14664 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
14665 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
14666 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
14667 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14672 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14673 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14674 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
14677 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14680 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
14681 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
14682 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
14683 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
14684 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
14696 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
14699 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
14701 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
14702 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
14704 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14708 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0));
14716 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14723 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14730 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14737 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14752 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14753 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14754 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
14757 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14760 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14763 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
14777 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14781 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14787 const enum tree_code code =
14788 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
14790 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
14791 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
14792 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
14793 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
14796 /* ... fall through ... */
14800 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
14801 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14802 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
14803 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
14804 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
14806 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14807 if (list_ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
14810 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
14811 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, bra_node);
14813 add_loc_list (&list_ret, rhs);
14814 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
14815 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, jump_node);
14817 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, lhs);
14818 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14819 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
14821 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
14822 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
14823 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, tmp);
14824 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14825 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
14829 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
14833 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
14834 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
14835 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
14836 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
14838 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14839 "language specific tree node");
14843 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14844 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
14845 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
14846 gcc_unreachable ();
14848 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
14849 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
14854 if (!ret && !list_ret)
14857 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14858 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14860 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14862 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14863 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14867 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14869 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14870 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14873 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14874 if (want_address && !have_address)
14876 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14877 "Want address and only have value");
14881 gcc_assert (!ret || !list_ret);
14883 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14884 if (!want_address && have_address)
14886 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14888 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14890 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14891 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14894 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14897 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14900 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14902 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14905 list_ret = new_loc_list (ret, NULL, NULL, NULL);
14910 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
14911 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14912 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14914 dw_loc_list_ref ret = loc_list_from_tree (loc, want_address);
14917 if (ret->dw_loc_next)
14919 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14920 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
14926 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
14927 which is not less than the value itself. */
14929 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14930 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
14932 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
14935 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
14936 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
14937 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
14938 ERROR_MARK node. */
14941 field_type (const_tree decl)
14945 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
14946 return integer_type_node;
14948 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
14949 if (type == NULL_TREE)
14950 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
14955 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
14956 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
14957 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
14959 static inline unsigned
14960 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type)
14962 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
14965 static inline unsigned
14966 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl)
14968 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
14971 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
14973 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14974 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t, unsigned int align)
14976 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
14977 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
14978 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
14979 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
14980 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) t;
14986 return (HOST_WIDE_INT) u;
14989 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
14990 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
14991 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
14992 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
14993 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
14996 static HOST_WIDE_INT
14997 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl)
14999 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
15000 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
15002 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15005 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
15007 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
15008 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
15009 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
15010 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
15013 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
15015 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
15016 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS)
15019 tree field_size_tree;
15020 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
15021 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
15022 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
15023 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
15024 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
15026 type = field_type (decl);
15027 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
15028 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
15030 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
15032 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
15033 a flexible array member. */
15034 if (!field_size_tree)
15035 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
15037 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
15038 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
15039 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
15041 field_size_in_bits = type_size_in_bits;
15043 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
15045 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
15046 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
15047 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
15048 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
15049 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
15050 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
15051 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
15052 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
15053 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
15055 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
15057 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
15058 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
15059 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
15060 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
15061 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
15062 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
15063 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
15064 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
15065 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
15066 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
15067 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
15069 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
15070 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
15071 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
15072 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
15073 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
15074 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
15075 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
15076 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
15077 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
15078 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
15081 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
15082 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
15083 must have believed that the containing object started (within
15084 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
15085 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
15086 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
15087 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
15089 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
15090 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
15091 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
15093 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
15094 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
15096 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
15098 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
15100 object_offset_in_bits
15101 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits);
15103 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
15105 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
15107 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
15108 object_offset_in_bits
15109 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits);
15114 object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int;
15116 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15119 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
15120 associated with them. */
15122 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
15124 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
15125 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
15126 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
15129 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
15130 dw_loc_list_ref descr)
15134 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr))
15135 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr->expr);
15137 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, descr);
15140 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
15141 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
15142 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
15143 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
15144 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
15145 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
15148 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15149 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
15150 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15151 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
15152 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
15153 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
15154 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
15155 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
15156 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
15157 function below.) */
15160 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15162 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
15163 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
15165 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
15167 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
15168 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
15170 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
15171 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
15172 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
15173 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
15175 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
15177 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
15179 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
15181 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
15182 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
15183 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15185 /* Extract the vtable address. */
15186 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15187 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15189 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
15190 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
15191 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
15193 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
15194 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15195 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
15196 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15198 /* Extract the offset. */
15199 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15200 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15202 /* Add it to the object address. */
15203 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
15204 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15207 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
15210 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
15214 if (dwarf_version > 2)
15216 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
15217 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
15222 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
15224 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
15225 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
15226 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
15228 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
15229 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
15230 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
15234 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
15237 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
15241 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
15244 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
15247 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
15251 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
15257 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
15259 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15260 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
15262 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
15268 val |= *--src & 0xff;
15274 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
15277 insert_float (const_rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
15279 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
15283 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
15284 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
15286 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
15287 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
15289 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
15294 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
15295 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
15296 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
15297 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
15298 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
15301 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
15303 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
15307 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
15310 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
15312 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
15317 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
15318 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
15319 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
15322 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15324 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
15326 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
15327 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
15329 insert_float (rtl, array);
15330 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
15333 add_AT_double (die, DW_AT_const_value,
15334 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
15340 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15341 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
15342 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
15343 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
15347 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
15349 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
15350 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15352 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15353 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
15355 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
15363 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
15364 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
15368 gcc_unreachable ();
15371 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
15372 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
15375 unsigned char *p0 = p;
15376 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
15378 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
15379 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
15384 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
15385 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
15390 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
15391 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15393 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15394 insert_float (elt, p);
15399 gcc_unreachable ();
15402 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
15407 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15409 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
15410 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
15412 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
15413 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
15414 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
15415 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15416 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_location, loc_result);
15417 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
15423 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15424 return add_const_value_attribute (die, XEXP (rtl, 0));
15427 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
15430 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15435 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
15436 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
15437 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
15438 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
15439 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
15440 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
15441 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
15442 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
15443 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
15444 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
15445 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
15453 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_STRING
15454 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl)
15455 && GET_MODE (rtl) == BLKmode)
15457 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
15463 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
15464 gcc_unreachable ();
15469 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
15470 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
15473 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
15474 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
15476 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
15477 *walk_subtrees = 0;
15479 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
15480 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15482 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
15483 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
15484 be conservative. */
15485 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
15486 && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
15488 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
15490 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (*tp);
15494 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
15495 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
15497 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
15498 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
15499 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
15500 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
15501 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp))
15504 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == STRING_CST && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15510 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
15511 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
15514 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
15516 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
15518 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
15519 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
15520 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15522 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15523 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
15524 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15526 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
15528 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
15529 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
15530 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
15531 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
15532 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
15534 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
15535 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
15536 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, rtl);
15537 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl) = 1;
15540 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
15542 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
15544 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
15545 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
15546 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE && TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode)
15548 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
15549 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
15550 reference variables which won't be output. */
15551 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
15552 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
15554 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
15556 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
15557 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15562 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init))
15564 VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init);
15565 bool constant_p = true;
15567 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix;
15569 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
15570 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
15571 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
15572 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value)
15573 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value))
15575 constant_p = false;
15581 init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts);
15591 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
15593 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
15594 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
15600 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
15603 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
15607 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
15608 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
15609 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
15611 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
15612 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
15613 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
15614 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
15615 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
15616 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
15617 referenced within the function.
15619 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
15620 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
15621 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
15622 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
15624 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
15625 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
15626 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
15627 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
15628 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
15629 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
15631 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
15632 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
15633 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
15634 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
15635 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
15636 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
15637 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
15638 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
15639 output at debug-time.
15641 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
15642 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
15643 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
15644 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15645 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15646 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
15647 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
15648 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
15649 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
15650 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
15651 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
15652 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
15653 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
15655 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
15656 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
15657 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
15658 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
15659 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
15660 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
15661 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
15662 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
15663 I'd like to fix it.
15665 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
15666 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
15667 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
15668 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
15669 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
15670 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
15671 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
15672 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
15673 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
15674 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
15675 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
15677 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
15678 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
15680 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
15681 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
15682 fixed registers. */
15683 if (! reload_completed)
15686 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
15688 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15690 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15691 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
15693 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
15698 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
15700 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
15702 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
15703 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
15704 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
15705 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
15707 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
15708 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
15709 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
15710 if (dmode == pmode)
15711 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
15712 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
15713 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
15714 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15716 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
15719 else if (MEM_P (inc))
15721 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15722 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
15723 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
15724 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
15731 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
15732 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
15733 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
15734 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
15735 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
15736 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
15738 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
15739 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
15740 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15741 /* Not passed in memory. */
15742 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15743 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
15744 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15745 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15746 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
15747 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15748 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
15751 /* Big endian correction check. */
15752 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
15753 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
15754 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
15757 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
15758 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
15760 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
15761 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
15764 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15767 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
15768 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15770 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
15771 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
15773 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
15774 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
15775 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
15776 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
15777 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
15778 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
15780 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
15781 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
15784 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
15785 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
15786 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
15787 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
15788 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
15791 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
15793 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
15794 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
15795 code, and thus is not emitted. */
15797 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
15799 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
15800 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
15802 if (rtl == NULL_RTX
15803 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15804 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
15805 && TREE_STATIC (decl)
15806 && DECL_NAME (decl)
15807 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl)
15808 && DECL_MODE (decl) != VOIDmode)
15810 rtl = make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl);
15812 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
15813 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != decl)
15820 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
15821 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
15822 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
15825 fortran_common (tree decl, HOST_WIDE_INT *value)
15827 tree val_expr, cvar;
15828 enum machine_mode mode;
15829 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
15831 int volatilep = 0, unsignedp = 0;
15833 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
15834 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
15835 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
15836 be handled as such. */
15837 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
15838 || !TREE_STATIC (decl)
15839 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl)
15843 val_expr = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl);
15844 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr) != COMPONENT_REF)
15847 cvar = get_inner_reference (val_expr, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
15848 &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, true);
15850 if (cvar == NULL_TREE
15851 || TREE_CODE (cvar) != VAR_DECL
15852 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar)
15853 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar))
15857 if (offset != NULL)
15859 if (!host_integerp (offset, 0))
15861 *value = tree_low_cst (offset, 0);
15864 *value += bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15869 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
15870 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
15871 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
15872 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
15873 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
15874 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
15875 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
15876 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
15877 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
15878 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
15881 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
15882 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
15885 dw_loc_list_ref list;
15886 var_loc_list *loc_list;
15888 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15891 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
15892 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
15894 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
15897 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
15898 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15899 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15902 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
15903 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
15904 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
15905 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
15908 && loc_list->first == loc_list->last
15909 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list->first->var_loc_note)
15910 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list->first->var_loc_note))
15912 struct var_loc_node *node;
15914 node = loc_list->first;
15915 rtl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note);
15916 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == EXPR_LIST)
15917 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
15918 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15919 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15922 list = loc_list_from_tree (decl, decl_by_reference_p (decl) ? 0 : 2);
15925 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, list);
15928 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
15929 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
15930 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die, decl);
15933 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
15936 defer_location (tree variable, dw_die_ref die)
15938 deferred_locations entry;
15939 entry.variable = variable;
15941 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations, gc, deferred_locations_list, &entry);
15944 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
15945 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
15948 native_encode_initializer (tree init, unsigned char *array, int size)
15952 if (init == NULL_TREE)
15956 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15959 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
15960 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15962 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15963 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15965 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 1)
15967 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
15969 if (size > TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))
15971 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init),
15972 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
15973 memset (array + TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init),
15974 '\0', size - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
15977 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init), size);
15982 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
15983 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
15985 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15987 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index;
15988 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
15989 int curpos = 0, fieldsize;
15990 constructor_elt *ce;
15992 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) == NULL_TREE
15993 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0))
15996 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type));
15997 if (fieldsize <= 0)
16000 min_index = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0);
16001 memset (array, '\0', size);
16003 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
16006 tree val = ce->value;
16007 tree index = ce->index;
16009 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16010 pos = (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0) - min_index)
16013 pos = (tree_low_cst (index, 0) - min_index) * fieldsize;
16018 if (!native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16021 curpos = pos + fieldsize;
16022 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16024 int count = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 1), 0)
16025 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0);
16029 memcpy (array + curpos, array + pos, fieldsize);
16030 curpos += fieldsize;
16033 gcc_assert (curpos <= size);
16037 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
16038 || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
16040 tree field = NULL_TREE;
16041 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16042 constructor_elt *ce;
16044 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16047 if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
16048 field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
16051 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
16052 cnt++, field = field ? TREE_CHAIN (field) : 0)
16054 tree val = ce->value;
16055 int pos, fieldsize;
16057 if (ce->index != 0)
16063 if (field == NULL_TREE || DECL_BIT_FIELD (field))
16066 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16067 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))
16068 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))))
16070 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field) == NULL_TREE
16071 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0))
16073 fieldsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0);
16074 pos = int_byte_position (field);
16075 gcc_assert (pos + fieldsize <= size);
16077 && !native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16083 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16084 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
16085 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0), array, size);
16087 return native_encode_expr (init, array, size) == size;
16091 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
16092 attribute is the const value T. */
16095 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree t)
16098 tree type = TREE_TYPE (t);
16101 if (!t || !TREE_TYPE (t) || TREE_TYPE (t) == error_mark_node)
16105 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init));
16107 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
16109 return add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
16110 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
16111 else if (CHAR_BIT == 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT == 8
16112 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type))
16114 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init));
16115 if (size > 0 && (int) size == size)
16117 unsigned char *array = GGC_CNEWVEC (unsigned char, size);
16119 if (native_encode_initializer (init, array, size))
16121 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, size, 1, array);
16129 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
16130 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
16131 variable with static storage duration
16132 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
16135 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
16139 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
16140 && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL))
16143 if (TREE_READONLY (decl)
16144 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl)
16145 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
16150 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
16151 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_const_value))
16154 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, DECL_INITIAL (decl));
16157 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
16158 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
16159 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
16160 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
16163 static dw_loc_list_ref
16164 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16167 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
16169 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
16170 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
16171 dw_cfa_location remember;
16173 fde = current_fde ();
16174 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
16176 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
16180 memset (&next_cfa, 0, sizeof (next_cfa));
16181 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
16182 remember = next_cfa;
16184 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
16186 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
16187 advance opcodes. */
16188 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16189 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16191 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16192 last_label = start_label;
16194 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16195 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
16197 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
16198 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
16199 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
16200 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
16201 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16203 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16204 start_label, last_label, section);
16206 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16207 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16208 start_label = last_label;
16210 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
16213 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
16214 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
16215 gcc_unreachable ();
16218 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16222 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16224 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16225 start_label, last_label, section);
16226 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16227 start_label = last_label;
16230 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
16231 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
16233 if (list && list->dw_loc_next)
16239 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
16240 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
16241 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
16242 before the latter is negated. */
16245 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16249 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
16250 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
16251 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16253 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
16254 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16257 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
16258 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
16260 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
16261 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
16264 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
16265 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16266 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
16267 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
16268 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16269 : stack_pointer_rtx));
16271 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
16274 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
16275 the value of the attribute. */
16278 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
16280 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
16282 if (demangle_name_func)
16283 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
16285 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
16289 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
16292 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
16294 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
16300 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR)
16304 wdlen = strlen (wd);
16305 wd1 = GGC_NEWVEC (char, wdlen + 2);
16307 wd1 [wdlen] = DIR_SEPARATOR;
16308 wd1 [wdlen + 1] = 0;
16312 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, remap_debug_filename (wd));
16315 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
16319 lower_bound_default (void)
16321 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language))
16326 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus:
16328 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus:
16331 case DW_LANG_Fortran77:
16332 case DW_LANG_Fortran90:
16333 case DW_LANG_Fortran95:
16337 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 0 : -1;
16338 case DW_LANG_Ada95:
16339 case DW_LANG_Ada83:
16340 case DW_LANG_Cobol74:
16341 case DW_LANG_Cobol85:
16342 case DW_LANG_Pascal83:
16343 case DW_LANG_Modula2:
16345 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 1 : -1;
16351 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
16352 a representation for that bound. */
16355 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
16357 int want_address = 2;
16359 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
16364 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
16367 unsigned int prec = simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound));
16370 /* Use the default if possible. */
16371 if (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
16372 && host_integerp (bound, 0)
16373 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
16374 && tree_low_cst (bound, 0) == dflt)
16377 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
16378 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
16379 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
16380 else if (prec < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
16382 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
16383 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << prec) - 1;
16384 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16385 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound) & mask);
16387 else if (prec == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16388 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound) == 0)
16389 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16390 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16392 add_AT_double (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound),
16393 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16398 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16399 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
16409 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
16411 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
16412 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
16413 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
16414 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
16415 later parameter. */
16416 if (decl_die != NULL)
16418 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16427 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
16428 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
16430 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
16431 dw_loc_list_ref list;
16433 list = loc_list_from_tree (bound, want_address);
16437 if (single_element_loc_list_p (list))
16439 add_AT_loc (subrange_die, bound_attr, list->expr);
16443 if (current_function_decl == 0)
16444 ctx = comp_unit_die;
16446 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
16448 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
16449 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16450 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
16451 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list);
16452 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16458 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
16459 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
16460 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
16461 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
16464 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type, bool collapse_p)
16466 unsigned dimension_number;
16468 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
16470 for (dimension_number = 0;
16471 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE && (dimension_number == 0 || collapse_p);
16472 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
16474 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
16476 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && is_fortran () && dimension_number > 0)
16479 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
16480 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
16482 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
16485 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
16486 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
16487 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
16489 /* Define the index type. */
16490 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
16492 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
16493 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
16494 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
16495 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
16496 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
16497 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
16498 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
16501 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
16505 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
16506 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
16508 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
16509 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
16510 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
16512 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
16514 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
16517 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
16518 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
16524 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
16528 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
16533 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
16536 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
16537 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
16540 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
16541 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
16542 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
16543 even for bit-fields. */
16544 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
16547 gcc_unreachable ();
16550 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
16551 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
16552 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
16553 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
16554 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16557 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
16558 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
16559 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
16562 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16563 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
16564 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16565 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
16566 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
16567 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
16569 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
16570 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
16571 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
16574 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16576 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
16577 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
16578 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
16579 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
16580 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
16581 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
16583 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16584 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
16586 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
16587 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
16588 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
16589 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
16590 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
16593 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
16595 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
16596 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
16597 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
16598 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
16599 below must take account of these differences. */
16600 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
16601 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
16603 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
16605 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
16606 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
16610 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16611 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
16612 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
16614 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
16617 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
16618 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
16621 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16623 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16624 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
16625 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
16627 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
16628 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
16631 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
16632 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
16635 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
16637 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
16638 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
16639 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
16642 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
16643 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
16646 static inline dw_die_ref
16647 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
16649 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
16651 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
16653 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
16654 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
16655 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
16657 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
16658 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
16662 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
16664 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
16666 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
16669 if (DECL_P (origin))
16670 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
16671 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
16672 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
16674 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
16675 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
16676 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
16677 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
16678 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
16679 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
16680 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
16684 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
16688 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
16691 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
16693 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
16695 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
16697 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
16698 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
16699 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
16700 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
16703 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
16704 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16705 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl))
16706 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
16707 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
16711 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
16714 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16716 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
16718 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
16719 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
16722 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
16723 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
16726 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16730 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
16731 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
16733 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
16735 add_name_attribute (die, name);
16736 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
16737 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
16739 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
16740 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
16741 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
16742 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
16745 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
16746 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl))
16748 limbo_die_node *asm_name;
16750 asm_name = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
16751 asm_name->die = die;
16752 asm_name->created_for = decl;
16753 asm_name->next = deferred_asm_name;
16754 deferred_asm_name = asm_name;
16756 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
16757 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
16758 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
16762 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16763 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16764 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16765 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
16767 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
16768 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
16769 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
16774 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
16777 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
16779 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
16782 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
16785 pop_decl_scope (void)
16787 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
16790 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
16791 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
16792 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
16793 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
16794 the current active scope. */
16797 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
16799 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
16800 tree containing_scope;
16803 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
16804 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
16806 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
16808 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
16809 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
16811 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
16814 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16817 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
16818 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
16819 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
16820 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
16821 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16823 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
16824 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
16825 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
16827 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
16828 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
16829 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
16830 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
16831 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
16836 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16837 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
16839 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
16840 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
16843 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
16846 scope_die = context_die;
16851 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
16854 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16856 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
16857 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
16858 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
16864 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
16867 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16869 return (context_die
16870 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
16871 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
16872 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_interface_type
16873 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
16876 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
16877 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
16880 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16882 return (class_scope_p (context_die)
16883 || (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
16886 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
16887 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
16888 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
16891 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
16892 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
16894 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
16895 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
16897 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
16898 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
16899 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
16900 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
16901 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE || code == FIXED_POINT_TYPE)
16902 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
16903 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
16905 if (code == ERROR_MARK
16906 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
16907 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
16908 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
16909 || code == VOID_TYPE)
16912 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
16913 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
16914 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
16917 if (type_die != NULL)
16918 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
16921 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
16922 function call type. */
16924 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree decl)
16926 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
16928 value = ((enum dwarf_calling_convention)
16929 targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
16931 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
16932 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
16933 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
16934 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
16935 time being, following existing custom. */
16937 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)), "MAIN__"))
16938 value = DW_CC_program;
16940 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
16941 is not DW_CC_normal. */
16942 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
16943 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
16946 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
16947 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
16948 was declared without a tag. */
16950 static const char *
16951 type_tag (const_tree type)
16953 const char *name = 0;
16955 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
16959 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
16960 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
16961 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
16963 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
16964 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
16966 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
16967 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
16969 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
16970 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
16971 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
16972 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
16973 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
16974 name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2);
16977 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
16978 if (!name && t != 0)
16979 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
16982 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
16985 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
16986 for bit field types. */
16989 member_declared_type (const_tree member)
16991 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
16992 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
16995 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16996 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16999 static const char *
17000 decl_start_label (tree decl)
17003 const char *fnname;
17005 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
17006 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
17009 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
17011 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
17016 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
17017 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
17018 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
17021 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17023 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17024 dw_die_ref array_die;
17026 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
17027 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
17028 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
17029 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
17030 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
17031 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
17032 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
17033 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
17034 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
17036 bool collapse_nested_arrays = !is_ada ();
17039 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
17040 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
17041 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)
17042 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17044 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node))
17046 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17048 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die, type);
17049 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17050 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17051 size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
17053 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17054 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) != NULL_TREE
17055 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)) != NULL_TREE
17056 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type))))
17058 tree szdecl = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type));
17059 dw_loc_list_ref loc = loc_list_from_tree (szdecl, 2);
17061 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl));
17062 if (loc && size > 0)
17064 add_AT_location_description (array_die, DW_AT_string_length, loc);
17065 if (size != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17066 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17072 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
17073 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
17074 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
17075 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
17078 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17079 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
17080 collapse_nested_arrays = false;
17083 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17084 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17085 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17087 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
17089 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
17090 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
17091 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
17092 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
17095 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17097 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17098 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17099 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type)))
17100 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17103 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
17104 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
17105 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
17106 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
17107 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
17108 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
17109 for multidimensional arrays. */
17110 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
17113 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17114 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
17115 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
17116 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
17117 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17120 add_subscript_info (array_die, type, collapse_nested_arrays);
17122 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
17123 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
17124 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
17125 if (collapse_nested_arrays)
17126 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
17128 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type) && is_fortran ())
17130 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
17133 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17134 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
17137 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17139 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17140 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17143 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17144 descr_info_loc (tree val, tree base_decl)
17146 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17147 dw_loc_descr_ref loc, loc2;
17148 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
17150 if (val == base_decl)
17151 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0, 0);
17153 switch (TREE_CODE (val))
17156 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17158 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val, 0);
17160 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17161 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17164 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val));
17167 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17170 if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17171 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
17173 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, size, 0));
17175 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
17177 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17178 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17181 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17184 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 0));
17190 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17193 loc2 = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), base_decl);
17196 add_loc_descr (&loc, loc2);
17197 add_loc_descr (&loc2, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
17219 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr,
17220 tree val, tree base_decl)
17222 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
17224 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17226 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr, tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17230 loc = descr_info_loc (val, base_decl);
17234 add_AT_loc (die, attr, loc);
17237 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
17238 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
17241 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type, struct array_descr_info *info,
17242 dw_die_ref context_die)
17244 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17245 dw_die_ref array_die;
17248 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17249 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17250 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17252 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17254 && info->ndimensions >= 2)
17255 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17257 if (info->data_location)
17258 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_data_location, info->data_location,
17260 if (info->associated)
17261 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_associated, info->associated,
17263 if (info->allocated)
17264 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_allocated, info->allocated,
17267 for (dim = 0; dim < info->ndimensions; dim++)
17269 dw_die_ref subrange_die
17270 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
17272 if (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound)
17274 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
17277 if (host_integerp (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0)
17278 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
17279 && tree_low_cst (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0) == dflt)
17282 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
17283 info->dimen[dim].lower_bound,
17286 if (info->dimen[dim].upper_bound)
17287 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
17288 info->dimen[dim].upper_bound,
17290 if (info->dimen[dim].stride)
17291 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_stride,
17292 info->dimen[dim].stride,
17296 gen_type_die (info->element_type, context_die);
17297 add_type_attribute (array_die, info->element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17299 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17300 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17305 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17307 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17308 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
17310 if (origin != NULL)
17311 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
17314 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
17315 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17316 0, 0, context_die);
17319 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17320 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
17322 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
17326 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
17327 emit full debugging info for them. */
17330 retry_incomplete_types (void)
17334 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
17335 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i),
17336 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
17337 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
17340 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
17342 static enum dwarf_tag
17343 record_type_tag (tree type)
17345 if (! lang_hooks.types.classify_record)
17346 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17348 switch (lang_hooks.types.classify_record (type))
17350 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT:
17351 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17353 case RECORD_IS_CLASS:
17354 return DW_TAG_class_type;
17356 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE:
17357 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
17358 return DW_TAG_interface_type;
17359 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17362 gcc_unreachable ();
17366 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
17367 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
17368 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
17372 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17374 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17376 if (type_die == NULL)
17378 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
17379 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
17380 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
17381 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
17383 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
17386 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17388 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
17389 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
17390 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
17391 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
17395 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
17396 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
17397 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
17398 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
17400 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
17401 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
17402 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
17403 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
17405 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
17406 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17408 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
17409 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
17411 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
17412 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
17414 if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONST_DECL)
17415 value = DECL_INITIAL (value);
17417 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
17418 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
17419 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
17420 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
17421 values as if they were signed. That means that
17422 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
17423 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
17424 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
17425 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
17429 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17431 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
17432 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
17437 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
17438 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
17441 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
17442 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
17443 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
17444 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
17445 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
17446 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
17447 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
17448 argument type of some subprogram type.
17449 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
17453 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, tree origin, bool emit_name_p,
17454 dw_die_ref context_die)
17456 tree node_or_origin = node ? node : origin;
17457 tree ultimate_origin;
17458 dw_die_ref parm_die
17459 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
17461 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin)))
17463 case tcc_declaration:
17464 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin);
17465 if (node || ultimate_origin)
17466 origin = ultimate_origin;
17467 if (origin != NULL)
17468 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
17471 tree type = TREE_TYPE (node);
17473 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
17474 if (decl_by_reference_p (node))
17475 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0,
17478 add_type_attribute (parm_die, type,
17479 TREE_READONLY (node),
17480 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
17482 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
17483 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17486 if (node && node != origin)
17487 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
17488 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin))
17489 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin,
17495 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
17496 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin, 0, 0, context_die);
17500 gcc_unreachable ();
17506 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
17507 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
17510 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
17511 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
17512 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17513 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17514 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
17515 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
17518 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
17520 dw_die_ref subr_die,
17524 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die;
17526 gcc_assert (parm_pack
17527 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack)
17530 parm_pack_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack, subr_die, parm_pack);
17531 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die, parm_pack);
17533 for (arg = pack_arg; arg; arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg))
17535 if (! lang_hooks.decls.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg,
17538 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg, NULL,
17539 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
17544 return parm_pack_die;
17547 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
17548 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
17551 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17553 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
17556 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
17557 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
17558 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
17559 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
17562 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17565 tree formal_type = NULL;
17566 tree first_parm_type;
17569 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
17571 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
17572 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
17577 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
17579 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
17580 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
17581 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
17583 dw_die_ref parm_die;
17585 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
17586 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
17589 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
17590 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, NULL,
17591 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
17593 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
17594 && link == first_parm_type)
17595 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
17596 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17598 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
17600 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
17603 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
17604 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
17605 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
17606 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
17608 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
17609 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
17610 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
17611 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
17612 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17613 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
17616 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
17617 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
17618 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
17619 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
17620 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
17623 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
17625 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
17627 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
17628 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
17629 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
17630 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
17631 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
17633 dw_die_ref type_die;
17634 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
17636 push_decl_scope (type);
17637 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17638 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
17639 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
17640 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
17642 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
17643 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
17644 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
17645 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
17646 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
17648 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
17649 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
17653 gen_variable_die (member, NULL_TREE, type_die);
17659 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
17660 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
17663 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
17665 dw_die_ref old_die;
17669 htab_t old_decl_loc_table;
17671 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
17672 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
17674 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17675 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17676 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
17679 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
17680 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
17681 get locations in abstract instantces. */
17682 old_decl_loc_table = decl_loc_table;
17683 decl_loc_table = NULL;
17685 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
17686 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
17687 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17689 context = decl_class_context (decl);
17691 gen_type_die_for_member
17692 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
17695 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
17696 save_fn = current_function_decl;
17697 current_function_decl = decl;
17698 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl));
17700 was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
17701 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
17702 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
17703 if (! was_abstract)
17704 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
17706 current_function_decl = save_fn;
17707 decl_loc_table = old_decl_loc_table;
17711 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
17714 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17715 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
17718 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17723 type = (tree) *slot;
17724 die = lookup_type_die (type);
17726 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17730 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
17731 through htab_traverse.
17733 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17734 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
17735 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
17738 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot,
17739 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17741 struct types_used_by_vars_entry *entry;
17744 entry = (struct types_used_by_vars_entry *) *slot;
17745 gcc_assert (entry->type != NULL
17746 && entry->var_decl != NULL);
17747 die = lookup_type_die (entry->type);
17750 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
17751 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
17752 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (entry->var_decl);
17755 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17756 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
17757 while ((die = die->die_parent) && die->die_perennial_p == 0)
17758 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17764 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
17767 premark_used_types (void)
17769 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
17770 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
17773 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
17776 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
17778 if (types_used_by_vars_hash)
17779 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash,
17780 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper, NULL);
17783 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
17787 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17789 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
17790 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17791 dw_die_ref subr_die;
17794 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17795 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
17796 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
17798 premark_used_types ();
17800 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
17801 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
17802 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
17803 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
17804 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
17806 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
17807 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
17810 gcc_assert (!old_die);
17813 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
17814 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
17815 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
17816 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
17817 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
17818 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17819 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
17821 if (origin != NULL)
17823 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
17825 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
17826 inline function. */
17827 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
17828 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
17830 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17831 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
17835 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
17836 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
17838 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
17839 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
17840 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
17841 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
17842 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17844 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
17845 something we have already output. */
17849 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
17850 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
17851 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
17852 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
17853 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
17854 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
17855 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
17856 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
17857 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
17858 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
17859 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
17860 == (unsigned) s.line))))
17862 subr_die = old_die;
17864 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
17865 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
17866 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
17867 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
17868 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
17869 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17870 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
17874 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17875 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
17876 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
17877 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
17878 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
17879 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
17884 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17886 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
17887 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
17889 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
17890 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17892 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
17893 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17894 0, 0, context_die);
17897 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
17898 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
17899 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17901 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
17902 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
17903 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
17904 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
17909 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17911 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17913 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
17914 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
17915 if (lang_hooks.decls.function_decl_explicit_p (decl)
17916 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
17917 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_explicit, 1);
17919 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
17920 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
17921 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
17922 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
17924 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
17925 later reused to represent definition. */
17926 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17929 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17931 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
17933 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
17934 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
17936 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
17940 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
17941 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
17943 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
17946 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl)
17947 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
17948 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17950 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17952 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
17954 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
17956 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17957 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17959 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
17961 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
17962 current_function_funcdef_no);
17963 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
17964 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
17965 current_function_funcdef_no);
17966 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
17968 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17969 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17972 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
17973 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
17974 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
17976 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
17977 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
17978 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
17979 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
17981 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17982 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17983 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17987 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17988 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
17989 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
17992 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
17994 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
17995 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
17996 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
17997 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
17998 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
17999 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
18000 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
18002 if (dwarf_version >= 3)
18004 dw_loc_descr_ref op = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa, 0, 0);
18005 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, op);
18009 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
18010 if (list->dw_loc_next)
18011 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
18013 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
18016 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
18017 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
18018 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
18019 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
18020 by this displacement. */
18021 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
18023 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
18024 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
18025 loc_list_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl, 2));
18028 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18029 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18030 gen_generic_params_dies (decl);
18032 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
18033 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
18034 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
18035 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
18036 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
18037 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
18038 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
18039 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
18040 an ellipsis at the end. */
18042 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
18043 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
18044 its formal parameters. */
18045 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18047 else if (declaration)
18048 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
18051 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
18052 tree parm = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
18053 tree generic_decl = lang_hooks.decls.get_generic_function_decl (decl);
18054 tree generic_decl_parm = generic_decl
18055 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl)
18058 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
18059 emit their relevant DIEs.
18061 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
18062 as well as it being a normal function.
18064 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
18065 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
18066 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
18067 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
18068 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
18069 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
18070 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
18071 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
18072 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
18075 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
18076 while (generic_decl_parm || parm)
18078 if (generic_decl_parm
18079 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm))
18080 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm,
18085 gen_decl_die (parm, NULL, subr_die);
18086 parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm);
18089 if (generic_decl_parm)
18090 generic_decl_parm = TREE_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm);
18093 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
18094 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
18095 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
18096 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
18097 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
18098 parameters at all. */
18099 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
18100 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
18102 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
18103 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
18104 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18106 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
18107 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18110 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
18111 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
18112 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
18114 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
18115 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
18116 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
18117 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
18118 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
18119 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
18120 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
18122 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
18123 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
18124 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
18125 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
18126 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
18127 constructor function. */
18128 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
18130 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
18131 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
18132 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), NULL, subr_die);
18134 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
18135 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
18137 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
18138 if (current_function_has_inlines)
18140 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18141 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
18143 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18144 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
18149 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
18150 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18154 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
18157 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x)
18159 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18160 return (hashval_t) d->decl_id ^ htab_hash_pointer (d->die_parent);
18163 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
18164 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
18167 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
18169 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18170 const_dw_die_ref e = (const_dw_die_ref) y;
18171 return d->decl_id == e->decl_id && d->die_parent == e->die_parent;
18174 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
18175 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
18178 gen_variable_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
18182 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
18183 tree ultimate_origin;
18184 dw_die_ref var_die;
18185 dw_die_ref old_die = decl ? lookup_decl_die (decl) : NULL;
18186 dw_die_ref origin_die;
18187 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin)
18188 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
18190 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
18191 if (decl || ultimate_origin)
18192 origin = ultimate_origin;
18193 com_decl = fortran_common (decl_or_origin, &off);
18195 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
18196 of a data member. */
18199 dw_die_ref com_die;
18200 dw_loc_list_ref loc;
18201 die_node com_die_arg;
18203 var_die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
18206 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL)
18208 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, off ? 1 : 2);
18213 /* Optimize the common case. */
18214 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18215 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18216 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18217 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr)
18219 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18220 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18222 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18224 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18225 remove_AT (var_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18231 if (common_block_die_table == NULL)
18232 common_block_die_table
18233 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash,
18234 common_block_die_table_eq, NULL);
18236 com_die_arg.decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18237 com_die_arg.die_parent = context_die;
18238 com_die = (dw_die_ref) htab_find (common_block_die_table, &com_die_arg);
18239 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18240 if (com_die == NULL)
18243 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl));
18246 com_die = new_die (DW_TAG_common_block, context_die, decl);
18247 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die, com_decl);
18250 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18251 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
18252 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
18253 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18255 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18256 add_AT_flag (com_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18257 add_pubname_string (cnam, com_die); /* ??? needed? */
18258 com_die->decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18259 slot = htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table, com_die, INSERT);
18260 *slot = (void *) com_die;
18262 else if (get_AT (com_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL && loc)
18264 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18265 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18266 remove_AT (com_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18268 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, com_die, decl);
18269 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18270 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
18271 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18272 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18277 /* Optimize the common case. */
18278 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18279 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18280 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18281 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) == SYMBOL_REF)
18282 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18283 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18285 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18287 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18289 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18290 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18291 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18295 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
18296 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
18297 DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are
18298 inside functions, though. */
18299 if (old_die && declaration && !local_scope_p (context_die))
18302 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
18303 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
18304 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
18305 if (declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
18306 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18308 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
18311 if (origin != NULL)
18312 origin_die = add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
18314 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
18315 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
18317 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
18318 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
18321 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
18323 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
18324 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
18325 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
18327 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
18328 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
18330 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
18331 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
18332 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
18334 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
18335 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
18337 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
18338 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
18340 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
18341 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
18346 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18348 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18349 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl))
18350 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18352 add_type_attribute (var_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18353 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18355 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18356 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18358 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18359 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18361 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18362 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18363 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18364 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18368 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18370 if (decl && (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration))
18371 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18374 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
18375 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
18376 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
18378 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL
18379 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18380 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin)))
18381 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
18382 to add it again. */
18383 && (origin_die == NULL || get_AT (origin_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL))
18385 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18386 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin)))
18387 defer_location (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18389 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die,
18392 add_pubname (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18395 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die, decl_or_origin);
18398 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
18401 gen_const_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18403 dw_die_ref const_die;
18404 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18406 const_die = new_die (DW_TAG_constant, context_die, decl);
18407 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die, decl);
18408 add_type_attribute (const_die, type, 1, 0, context_die);
18409 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18410 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18411 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18412 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18413 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die, decl);
18416 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
18419 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18421 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18422 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
18424 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18426 if (origin != NULL)
18427 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
18429 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
18431 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18432 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
18435 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
18437 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
18438 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
18439 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
18443 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
18445 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
18446 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
18447 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
18448 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
18449 it if it ever does happen. */
18450 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
18452 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
18453 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18458 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
18459 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
18460 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
18463 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18465 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
18467 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18469 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
18470 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
18475 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
18476 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
18479 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18481 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18483 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt)
18484 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18488 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt))
18490 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18491 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18492 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
18495 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
18497 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
18500 add_ranges (chain);
18501 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
18508 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18509 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18510 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18511 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
18512 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18513 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
18517 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
18520 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18522 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
18524 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18525 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
18527 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
18530 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
18533 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18537 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
18539 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt));
18541 decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
18543 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
18544 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
18545 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
18546 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
18547 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
18549 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
18551 dw_die_ref subr_die
18552 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
18554 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18555 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18556 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18557 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18559 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
18560 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
18564 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
18567 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18569 dw_die_ref decl_die;
18571 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
18574 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18575 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
18576 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
18577 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
18580 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
18582 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18583 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18584 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18587 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
18588 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18590 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18591 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18593 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18594 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18595 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18596 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18598 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
18599 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
18603 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18604 Use modified_type_die instead.
18605 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18606 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18609 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18612 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18614 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18615 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18616 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18619 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18620 Use modified_type_die instead.
18621 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18622 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18625 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18628 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18630 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
18631 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18632 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18636 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
18639 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18642 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
18643 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18645 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18646 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18647 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
18648 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18651 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
18654 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
18657 char producer[250];
18658 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
18661 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
18665 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
18666 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
18667 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<')
18668 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
18671 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
18673 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18674 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
18675 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
18676 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
18677 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
18678 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
18679 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
18680 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18681 strcat (producer, " -g");
18684 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
18686 language = DW_LANG_C89;
18687 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
18688 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
18689 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
18690 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
18691 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
18692 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
18693 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18695 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
18696 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
18697 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
18698 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
18699 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
18700 language = DW_LANG_Java;
18701 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
18702 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
18703 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
18704 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
18707 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
18711 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
18714 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
18716 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
18718 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
18719 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
18721 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
18722 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
18724 if (access == access_public_node)
18725 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
18726 else if (access == access_protected_node)
18727 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18730 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
18733 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18736 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
18739 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
18740 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
18741 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
18742 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
18743 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
18744 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
18745 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
18746 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
18747 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
18748 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
18749 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
18751 /* First output info about the base classes. */
18754 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
18758 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
18759 gen_inheritance_die (base,
18760 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
18761 : access_public_node), context_die);
18764 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
18765 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
18767 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
18768 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
18769 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
18770 do put them in the right order. */
18772 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18774 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18776 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18779 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
18780 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
18782 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
18783 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
18786 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18788 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18790 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18794 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
18795 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
18796 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
18799 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18800 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18802 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
18803 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
18805 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
18806 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18807 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
18808 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
18809 complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
18811 if (type_die && ! complete)
18814 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
18815 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
18816 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
18819 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
18821 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
18822 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
18824 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
18826 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
18827 ? record_type_tag (type) : DW_TAG_union_type,
18829 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
18831 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
18833 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
18836 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18838 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18839 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
18840 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type))
18841 gen_generic_params_dies (type);
18843 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
18844 then give a list of members. */
18845 if (complete && !ns_decl)
18847 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
18848 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
18849 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18850 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
18851 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
18852 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
18854 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18855 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18856 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
18857 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
18859 push_decl_scope (type);
18860 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
18863 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
18864 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
18866 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
18868 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
18869 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18870 lookup_type_die (vtype));
18875 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18877 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
18878 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18879 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
18880 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
18883 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18884 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
18887 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
18890 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18892 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
18893 dw_die_ref subr_die
18894 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
18895 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18897 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
18898 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
18899 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
18900 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
18902 if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
18903 add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
18906 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
18909 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18911 dw_die_ref type_die;
18914 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
18917 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
18918 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
18919 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18920 if (origin != NULL)
18921 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
18926 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
18927 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
18929 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
18931 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
18932 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
18935 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18937 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18938 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18941 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18942 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
18944 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18945 add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
18948 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
18951 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18952 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18955 struct array_descr_info info;
18957 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
18960 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
18961 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
18962 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
18963 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
18965 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18968 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
18969 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
18971 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
18972 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
18973 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
18974 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
18975 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
18977 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18978 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
18982 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
18983 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)
18984 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info
18985 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info (type, &info)
18986 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18988 gen_descr_array_type_die (type, &info, context_die);
18989 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18993 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
18994 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
18995 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
18996 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
18997 cloned type itself). */
18998 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
18999 type = type_main_variant (type);
19001 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19004 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
19010 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
19011 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
19012 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
19013 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
19014 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
19016 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19018 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
19019 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
19020 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19021 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19025 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
19026 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
19027 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
19028 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19030 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
19031 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19032 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19034 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
19036 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
19039 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
19040 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19041 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19042 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19043 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
19047 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19048 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19049 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19050 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
19054 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
19058 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
19061 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
19064 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
19065 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
19066 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
19067 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
19068 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
19069 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
19070 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
19071 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19072 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19073 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
19075 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
19077 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19080 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
19081 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19082 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19085 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
19086 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == FUNCTION_DECL))
19088 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
19089 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
19090 decls_for_scope. */
19091 context_die = lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19096 context_die = declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
19100 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
19102 /* This might have been written out by the call to
19103 declare_in_namespace. */
19104 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19105 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
19108 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
19113 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
19114 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
19115 when appropriate. */
19121 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
19124 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
19128 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
19132 gcc_unreachable ();
19135 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19139 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19141 gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19144 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
19145 things which are local to the given block. */
19148 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19150 int must_output_die = 0;
19153 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
19154 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19157 inlined_func = inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt);
19159 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
19160 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
19161 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
19162 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
19166 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
19167 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
19172 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
19175 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
19176 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
19177 must_output_die = 1;
19180 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
19181 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
19182 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19183 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
19184 as being a "significant" one. */
19185 must_output_die = ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
19186 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt))
19187 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
19188 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19189 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
19190 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt)
19191 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19192 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19193 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt))
19194 must_output_die = 1;
19197 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
19198 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
19199 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
19200 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
19201 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
19202 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
19203 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
19204 if (must_output_die)
19208 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
19209 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
19210 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
19211 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
19212 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
19213 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
19214 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
19215 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19217 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
19218 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
19219 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
19220 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
19221 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19222 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19225 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19228 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
19231 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
19232 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
19234 process_scope_var (tree stmt, tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19237 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19239 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == FUNCTION_DECL)
19240 die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
19241 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == TYPE_DECL
19242 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin))
19243 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin));
19247 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
19248 add_child_die (context_die, die);
19249 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19250 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin),
19251 stmt, context_die);
19253 gen_decl_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19256 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
19257 all of its sub-blocks. */
19260 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19266 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
19267 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19270 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
19271 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
19272 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
19273 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
19274 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
19275 process_scope_var (stmt, decl, NULL_TREE, context_die);
19276 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt); i++)
19277 process_scope_var (stmt, NULL, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt, i),
19280 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
19281 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19284 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
19285 therein) of this block. */
19286 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
19288 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
19289 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
19292 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
19295 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl)
19297 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
19300 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
19301 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
19302 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
19303 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
19304 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
19305 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
19311 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
19313 static inline dw_die_ref
19314 get_context_die (tree context)
19318 /* Find die that represents this context. */
19319 if (TYPE_P (context))
19320 return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context));
19322 return force_decl_die (context);
19324 return comp_unit_die;
19327 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
19330 force_decl_die (tree decl)
19332 dw_die_ref decl_die;
19333 unsigned saved_external_flag;
19334 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
19335 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19338 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19340 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19344 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19346 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19347 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
19348 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
19349 declaration die. */
19350 save_fn = current_function_decl;
19351 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
19352 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19353 current_function_decl = save_fn;
19357 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
19358 gen_decl_die() call. */
19359 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
19360 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
19361 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19362 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
19365 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19366 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19367 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19369 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
19370 decl_die = comp_unit_die;
19374 gcc_unreachable ();
19377 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
19379 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19380 gcc_assert (decl_die);
19386 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
19387 always returned. */
19390 force_type_die (tree type)
19392 dw_die_ref type_die;
19394 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19397 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19399 type_die = modified_type_die (type, TYPE_READONLY (type),
19400 TYPE_VOLATILE (type), context_die);
19401 gcc_assert (type_die);
19406 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
19407 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
19410 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19412 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
19413 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
19414 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19415 /* Force out the namespace. */
19416 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
19418 return context_die;
19421 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
19422 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
19424 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
19425 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
19428 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19430 dw_die_ref ns_context;
19432 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19433 return context_die;
19435 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
19436 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
19437 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
19438 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
19439 return context_die;
19441 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
19443 if (ns_context != context_die)
19447 if (DECL_P (thing))
19448 gen_decl_die (thing, NULL, ns_context);
19450 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
19452 return context_die;
19455 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
19458 gen_namespace_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19460 dw_die_ref namespace_die;
19462 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
19463 they are an alias of. */
19464 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
19466 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
19467 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19468 namespace_die = new_die (is_fortran ()
19469 ? DW_TAG_module : DW_TAG_namespace,
19470 context_die, decl);
19471 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
19472 if (namespace_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_module && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19474 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
19476 add_name_attribute (namespace_die, name);
19479 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19480 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19481 add_AT_flag (namespace_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19482 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19486 /* Output a namespace alias. */
19488 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
19489 dw_die_ref origin_die
19490 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19492 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
19493 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19494 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19495 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
19496 namespace_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
19497 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19498 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
19499 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19503 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
19506 gen_decl_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19508 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19509 tree class_origin = NULL, ultimate_origin;
19511 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin))
19514 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin))
19520 if (!is_fortran ())
19522 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
19523 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
19527 /* Emit its type. */
19528 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19530 /* And its containing namespace. */
19531 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19533 gen_const_die (decl, context_die);
19536 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19537 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
19538 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
19539 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19540 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19541 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE
19542 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin)))
19547 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
19548 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
19549 if (current_function_decl != decl)
19550 /* This is only a declaration. */;
19553 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
19554 if (origin || DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
19555 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
19556 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin)
19557 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19559 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
19560 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
19561 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
19562 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
19563 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
19564 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
19565 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
19566 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
19567 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19569 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
19570 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
19573 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
19574 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19576 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
19577 have described its return type. */
19578 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
19580 /* And its virtual context. */
19581 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19582 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
19584 /* And its containing type. */
19586 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
19587 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
19588 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
19590 /* And its containing namespace. */
19591 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19594 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
19596 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19600 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19601 actual typedefs. */
19602 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19605 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
19606 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
19607 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
19608 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
19609 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
19610 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
19611 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
19612 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
19613 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
19615 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19618 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
19619 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19621 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
19622 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
19626 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
19627 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
19632 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19633 variable declarations or definitions. */
19634 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19637 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
19639 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
19640 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19642 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19644 /* And its containing type. */
19645 class_origin = decl_class_context (decl_or_origin);
19646 if (class_origin != NULL_TREE)
19647 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin, decl_or_origin, context_die);
19649 /* And its containing namespace. */
19650 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin, context_die);
19652 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
19653 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
19654 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
19656 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
19657 if (ultimate_origin != NULL_TREE
19658 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin) == PARM_DECL)
19659 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19660 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19663 gen_variable_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19667 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
19668 anonymous unions and structs. */
19669 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
19670 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
19671 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
19673 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
19674 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
19679 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin))
19680 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19682 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19683 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19684 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19688 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19689 case IMPORTED_DECL:
19690 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19691 gen_namespace_die (decl, context_die);
19695 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
19696 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
19701 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
19702 compilation proper has finished. */
19705 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
19707 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
19708 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
19709 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
19710 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
19711 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
19712 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19715 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
19716 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
19718 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
19721 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19724 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19725 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
19726 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
19727 that DECL belongs to.
19728 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
19730 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl,
19732 tree lexical_block,
19733 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die)
19735 expanded_location xloc;
19736 dw_die_ref imported_die = NULL;
19737 dw_die_ref at_import_die;
19739 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19741 xloc = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
19742 decl = IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl);
19746 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
19748 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
19750 if (is_base_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
19751 at_import_die = base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19753 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19754 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
19755 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
19756 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
19757 if (!at_import_die)
19759 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL);
19760 gen_typedef_die (decl, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)));
19761 at_import_die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19762 gcc_assert (at_import_die);
19767 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19768 if (!at_import_die)
19770 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
19771 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
19772 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
19774 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
19776 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19777 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19778 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
19779 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19781 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl,
19782 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)));
19784 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
19788 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19790 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19791 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module,
19798 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration,
19802 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
19803 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
19805 add_AT_string (imported_die, DW_AT_name,
19806 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
19807 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
19810 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19811 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
19812 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
19813 importing whole module. */
19816 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree name, tree context,
19819 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
19820 dw_die_ref scope_die;
19822 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19827 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
19828 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
19831 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
19832 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
19834 && TYPE_P (context)
19835 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19838 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19841 scope_die = get_context_die (context);
19845 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child);
19846 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child->die_tag == DW_TAG_imported_module);
19847 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != NAMESPACE_DECL);
19848 scope_die = scope_die->die_child;
19851 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
19852 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl, name, context, scope_die);
19856 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
19859 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
19861 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
19863 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19868 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19869 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
19870 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
19871 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
19872 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
19873 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
19874 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
19875 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
19876 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
19877 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
19878 with the definition of the function.
19880 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
19881 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
19882 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
19883 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
19884 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
19885 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
19886 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
19887 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
19888 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
19889 that they *are* definitions).
19891 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
19892 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
19893 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
19894 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
19895 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
19896 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
19899 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
19900 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
19901 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
19902 if (decl_function_context (decl)
19903 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
19904 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19905 context_die = NULL;
19909 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
19910 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
19911 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
19912 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
19913 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
19914 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
19915 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
19916 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
19917 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
19920 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
19921 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
19922 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19924 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19925 variable declarations or definitions. */
19926 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19931 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19933 if (!is_fortran ())
19935 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
19936 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19939 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19940 case IMPORTED_DECL:
19941 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19943 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
19948 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
19949 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
19952 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
19953 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
19954 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
19956 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
19957 comparisons have. */
19959 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
19960 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
19961 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
19966 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
19967 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19970 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
19971 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
19972 if (decl_function_context (decl))
19973 context_die = NULL;
19981 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19984 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
19987 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl)
19989 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19991 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
19994 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
19995 a lexical block. */
19998 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
19999 unsigned int blocknum)
20001 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20002 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
20005 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
20009 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
20011 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20012 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
20015 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
20016 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
20018 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
20019 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
20020 we may end up calling them anyway. */
20023 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block)
20028 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
20029 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
20030 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
20032 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block); i++)
20034 decl = BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block, i);
20035 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
20036 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
20043 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
20046 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
20048 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p1 =
20049 (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p1_p;
20050 const char *const p2 = (const char *) p2_p;
20051 return strcmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
20055 file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
20057 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p = (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p_p;
20058 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
20061 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
20062 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
20063 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
20064 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
20065 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
20066 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
20067 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
20068 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
20069 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
20072 static struct dwarf_file_data *
20073 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
20076 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
20078 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
20079 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
20080 if (file_table_last_lookup
20081 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
20082 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
20083 return file_table_last_lookup;
20085 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
20086 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
20087 htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
20089 return (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
20091 created = GGC_NEW (struct dwarf_file_data);
20092 created->filename = file_name;
20093 created->emitted_number = 0;
20098 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
20099 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
20100 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
20101 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
20102 types, which may include filenames. */
20105 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
20107 if (! fd->emitted_number)
20109 if (last_emitted_file)
20110 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
20112 fd->emitted_number = 1;
20113 last_emitted_file = fd;
20115 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20117 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
20118 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
20119 remap_debug_filename (fd->filename));
20120 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20124 return fd->emitted_number;
20127 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
20128 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
20129 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
20132 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die, tree arg)
20134 die_arg_entry entry;
20139 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20140 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
20141 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry, gc, 32);
20145 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry, gc,
20146 tmpl_value_parm_die_table,
20150 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
20151 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
20152 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
20155 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
20157 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20163 VEC_iterate (die_arg_entry, tmpl_value_parm_die_table, i, e);
20165 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e->die, e->arg);
20170 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
20173 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl, tree name)
20179 die = TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl);
20183 dname = dwarf2_name (name, 0);
20187 attr = get_AT (die, DW_AT_name);
20190 struct indirect_string_node *node;
20192 node = find_AT_string (dname);
20193 /* replace the string. */
20194 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
20198 add_name_attribute (die, dname);
20201 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
20202 Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
20203 and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
20206 dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ)
20209 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (targ);
20211 /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
20215 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20216 e.poc_decl = current_function_decl;
20217 e.targ_die = force_decl_die (targ);
20218 VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry, gc, dcall_table, &e);
20220 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20221 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20224 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
20227 vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x)
20229 return (hashval_t) ((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid;
20232 /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
20233 insnd_uid of *Y. */
20236 vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
20238 return (((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid
20239 == ((const struct vcall_insn *) y)->insn_uid);
20242 /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
20245 store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot, int insn_uid)
20247 struct vcall_insn *item = GGC_NEW (struct vcall_insn);
20248 struct vcall_insn **slot;
20251 item->insn_uid = insn_uid;
20252 item->vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20253 slot = (struct vcall_insn **)
20254 htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table, &item,
20255 (hashval_t) insn_uid, INSERT);
20259 /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
20261 static unsigned int
20262 lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid)
20264 struct vcall_insn item;
20265 struct vcall_insn *p;
20267 item.insn_uid = insn_uid;
20268 item.vtable_slot = 0;
20269 p = (struct vcall_insn *) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table,
20271 (hashval_t) insn_uid);
20273 return (unsigned int) -1;
20274 return p->vtable_slot;
20278 /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
20279 and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
20280 is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
20284 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr, int insn_uid)
20286 if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr) == OBJ_TYPE_REF)
20288 tree token = OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr);
20289 if (TREE_CODE (token) == INTEGER_CST)
20290 store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token), insn_uid);
20294 /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
20295 OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
20299 dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn, rtx new_insn)
20301 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn));
20303 if (vtable_slot != (unsigned int) -1)
20304 store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot, INSN_UID (new_insn));
20307 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
20308 Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
20309 and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
20310 function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
20311 lowering to RTL. */
20314 dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid)
20316 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid);
20319 if (vtable_slot == (unsigned int) -1)
20322 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20323 e.vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20324 VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry, gc, vcall_table, &e);
20326 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20327 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20330 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
20331 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
20332 our lookup table. */
20335 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
20337 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES + 2];
20338 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
20340 static const char *last_label;
20341 static const char *last_postcall_label;
20342 static bool last_in_cold_section_p;
20345 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
20348 next_real = next_real_insn (loc_note);
20349 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
20350 don't do anything. */
20351 if (next_real == NULL_RTX)
20354 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
20355 newloc = add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, loc_note);
20356 if (newloc == NULL)
20359 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
20360 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. */
20361 if (last_var_location_insn == NULL_RTX
20362 || last_var_location_insn != next_real
20363 || last_in_cold_section_p != in_cold_section_p)
20365 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20366 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20368 last_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20369 last_postcall_label = NULL;
20371 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
20372 newloc->next = NULL;
20374 if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
20375 newloc->label = last_label;
20378 if (!last_postcall_label)
20380 sprintf (loclabel, "%s-1", last_label);
20381 last_postcall_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20383 newloc->label = last_postcall_label;
20386 last_var_location_insn = next_real;
20387 last_in_cold_section_p = in_cold_section_p;
20390 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
20391 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
20392 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
20393 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
20396 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
20398 if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
20399 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
20401 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
20404 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
20405 and record information relating to this source line, in
20406 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
20409 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename,
20410 int discriminator, bool is_stmt)
20412 static bool last_is_stmt = true;
20414 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
20417 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20419 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20421 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
20422 if (flag_debug_asm)
20423 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
20426 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20428 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
20429 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num, line);
20430 if (is_stmt != last_is_stmt)
20432 fprintf (asm_out_file, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt ? 1 : 0);
20433 last_is_stmt = is_stmt;
20435 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR && discriminator != 0)
20436 fprintf (asm_out_file, " discriminator %d", discriminator);
20437 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20439 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
20440 line_info_table_in_use++;
20442 else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
20444 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
20445 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file,
20446 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20447 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
20449 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20450 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
20451 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
20453 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20454 separate_line_info_table
20455 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry,
20456 separate_line_info_table,
20457 separate_line_info_table_allocated);
20458 memset (separate_line_info_table
20459 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
20461 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
20462 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
20465 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20467 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
20468 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20469 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20470 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
20474 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
20476 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20477 line_info_table_in_use);
20479 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20480 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
20482 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20484 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry, line_info_table,
20485 line_info_table_allocated);
20486 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
20487 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
20490 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20491 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
20492 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20493 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20498 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
20501 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
20503 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20505 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
20506 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
20508 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20509 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, remap_debug_filename (filename));
20512 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20514 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20516 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20517 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
20518 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
20521 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", filename);
20525 /* Record the end of a source file. */
20528 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20530 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20531 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
20532 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20534 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20536 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20537 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
20541 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20542 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20543 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20546 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20547 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20549 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20551 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20552 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
20553 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
20554 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
20558 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20559 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20560 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20563 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20564 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20566 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20568 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20569 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
20570 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
20571 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
20575 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
20578 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20580 /* Allocate the file_table. */
20581 file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
20582 file_table_eq, NULL);
20584 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
20585 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
20586 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
20588 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
20589 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
20590 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
20592 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
20593 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
20595 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
20596 abbrev_die_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_die_ref, ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
20597 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20598 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20599 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
20601 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
20602 line_info_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_line_info_entry, LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT);
20603 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20605 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20606 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
20608 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
20609 pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
20610 pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
20612 /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
20613 vcall_insn_table = htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash,
20614 vcall_insn_table_eq, NULL);
20616 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
20617 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
20618 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
20619 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
20620 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
20621 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
20622 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
20624 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
20626 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
20628 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
20629 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20630 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
20631 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20632 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
20633 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20634 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
20635 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20636 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
20637 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20638 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
20639 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20640 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
20641 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20642 debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
20643 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20644 debug_dcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION,
20645 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20646 debug_vcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION,
20647 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20648 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
20649 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
20650 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
20651 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20652 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
20653 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20655 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
20656 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
20657 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20658 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20659 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
20660 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20661 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
20663 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
20664 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20665 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
20666 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20667 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
20668 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20669 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
20670 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
20671 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
20672 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
20673 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
20674 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
20676 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20678 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20679 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
20680 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20681 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
20684 switch_to_section (text_section);
20685 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
20686 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
20688 cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section ();
20689 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
20690 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
20695 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
20696 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
20699 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
20701 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
20703 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
20704 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
20706 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
20710 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20711 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
20714 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20716 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
20718 if (node->label && node->refcount)
20720 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
20721 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
20722 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
20728 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20729 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
20732 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
20736 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
20737 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
20739 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20741 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
20742 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
20745 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
20751 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
20754 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
20755 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
20758 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
20763 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
20765 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
20767 /* A reference to another DIE.
20768 Make sure that it will get emitted.
20769 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
20770 if (dwarf_version < 4
20771 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
20772 || a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die->die_id.die_type_node == NULL)
20773 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
20775 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
20776 accounts properly for it. */
20777 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
20778 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
20783 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
20784 to DIE's children. */
20787 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
20791 if (die->die_mark == 0)
20793 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
20796 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
20797 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
20798 if (die->die_parent)
20799 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
20801 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
20802 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
20804 /* If this node is a specification,
20805 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
20806 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
20807 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
20810 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
20812 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
20813 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
20816 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
20817 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
20818 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
20819 for all type definitions. */
20820 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type
20821 || (dwarf_version >= 4
20822 && is_type_die (die) && ! is_declaration_die (die)))
20823 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
20825 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
20829 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
20830 and if so, mark them. */
20833 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die)
20837 if (die->die_mark == 2)
20840 switch (die->die_tag)
20842 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
20843 case DW_TAG_union_type:
20844 case DW_TAG_class_type:
20847 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
20848 if (!get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration)
20849 || die->die_definition != NULL)
20850 prune_unused_types_mark (die, 1);
20857 /* Mark children. */
20858 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c));
20861 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
20864 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
20868 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
20869 children have been marked as well. */
20870 if (die->die_mark == 2)
20873 switch (die->die_tag)
20875 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
20876 case DW_TAG_union_type:
20877 case DW_TAG_class_type:
20878 if (die->die_perennial_p)
20881 for (c = die->die_parent; c; c = c->die_parent)
20882 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
20885 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
20886 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
20887 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
20888 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
20889 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
20891 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die);
20893 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20896 case DW_TAG_const_type:
20897 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
20898 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
20899 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
20900 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
20901 case DW_TAG_typedef:
20902 case DW_TAG_array_type:
20903 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
20904 case DW_TAG_friend:
20905 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
20906 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
20907 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
20908 case DW_TAG_string_type:
20909 case DW_TAG_set_type:
20910 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
20911 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
20912 case DW_TAG_file_type:
20913 if (die->die_perennial_p)
20916 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20920 /* Mark everything else. */
20924 if (die->die_mark == 0)
20928 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
20929 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
20934 /* Mark children. */
20935 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
20938 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
20942 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
20947 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
20948 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
20950 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
20952 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
20953 twice in the hash table. */
20955 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
20958 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
20959 htab_hash_string (s->str),
20961 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
20967 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
20970 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
20974 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
20975 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
20977 if (! die->die_child)
20980 c = die->die_child;
20982 dw_die_ref prev = c;
20983 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
20984 if (c == die->die_child)
20986 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
20988 /* No marked children at all. */
20989 die->die_child = NULL;
20992 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
20993 die->die_child = prev;
20998 if (c != prev->die_sib)
21000 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
21001 } while (c != die->die_child);
21004 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
21005 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
21006 decided to emit. */
21009 prune_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21011 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
21013 if (!node->label || !node->refcount)
21014 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash, h);
21019 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
21022 prune_unused_types (void)
21025 limbo_die_node *node;
21026 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21028 dcall_entry *dcall;
21030 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
21031 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
21032 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die);
21033 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21034 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
21035 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21036 verify_marks_clear (ctnode->root_die);
21037 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
21039 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
21040 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
21042 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
21043 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
21044 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21045 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
21046 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21048 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode->root_die);
21049 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode->type_die, 1);
21052 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
21053 pubname_table or arange_table. */
21054 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub); i++)
21055 prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
21056 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
21057 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
21059 /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
21060 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, dcall); i++)
21061 prune_unused_types_mark (dcall->targ_die, 1);
21063 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
21064 if (debug_str_hash && debug_str_hash_forced)
21065 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, prune_indirect_string, NULL);
21066 else if (debug_str_hash)
21067 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
21068 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
21069 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21070 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
21071 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21072 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode->root_die);
21074 /* Leave the marks clear. */
21075 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
21076 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21077 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
21078 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21079 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode->root_die);
21082 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
21085 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
21087 bool *p = (bool *) param;
21088 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
21089 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename))
21097 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
21100 htab_ct_hash (const void *of)
21103 const comdat_type_node *const type_node = (const comdat_type_node *) of;
21105 memcpy (&h, type_node->signature, sizeof (h));
21110 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
21112 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_1 = (const comdat_type_node *) of1;
21113 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_2 = (const comdat_type_node *) of2;
21115 return (! memcmp (type_node_1->signature, type_node_2->signature,
21116 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE));
21119 /* Move a DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
21120 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
21121 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
21122 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
21123 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
21124 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
21127 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die)
21129 unsigned ix = VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21130 dw_attr_node linkage = *VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21132 gcc_assert (linkage.dw_attr == DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name);
21136 dw_attr_node *prev = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21138 if (prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_line || prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_name)
21142 if (ix != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr) - 1)
21144 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21145 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, &linkage);
21149 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
21150 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
21151 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
21154 resolve_one_addr (rtx *addr, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21158 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
21160 size_t len = strlen (XSTR (rtl, 0)) + 1;
21161 tree t = build_string (len, XSTR (rtl, 0));
21162 tree tlen = build_int_cst (NULL_TREE, len - 1);
21164 = build_array_type (char_type_node, build_index_type (tlen));
21165 rtl = lookup_constant_def (t);
21166 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
21168 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
21169 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
21174 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
21175 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)
21176 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)) == VAR_DECL
21177 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)))
21180 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST
21181 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), resolve_one_addr, NULL))
21187 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
21188 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
21189 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
21192 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
21194 for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
21195 if ((loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
21196 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL))
21197 || (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_implicit_value
21198 && loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class == dw_val_class_addr
21199 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr, NULL)))
21204 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
21205 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
21206 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
21207 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
21208 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
21209 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
21212 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die)
21216 dw_loc_list_ref *curr;
21219 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
21220 switch (AT_class (a))
21222 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
21223 curr = AT_loc_list_ptr (a);
21226 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr)->expr))
21228 dw_loc_list_ref next = (*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21229 if (next && (*curr)->ll_symbol)
21231 gcc_assert (!next->ll_symbol);
21232 next->ll_symbol = (*curr)->ll_symbol;
21237 curr = &(*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21239 if (!AT_loc_list (a))
21241 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21245 case dw_val_class_loc:
21246 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a)))
21248 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21252 case dw_val_class_addr:
21253 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_const_value
21254 && resolve_one_addr (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr, NULL))
21256 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21264 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, resolve_addr (c));
21267 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
21268 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
21271 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
21273 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
21274 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21275 htab_t comdat_type_table;
21276 dw_die_ref die = 0;
21279 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
21281 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
21282 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
21283 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, remap_debug_filename (filename));
21284 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename))
21285 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21286 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
21289 htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
21291 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21294 for (i = 0; i < VEC_length (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list); i++)
21296 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
21297 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->die,
21298 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->variable,
21302 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
21303 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
21304 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
21305 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
21307 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
21309 next_node = node->next;
21312 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
21314 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
21317 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
21318 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
21320 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
21321 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
21322 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21325 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
21326 nested function can be optimized away, which results
21327 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
21328 with the return type of that nested function. Force
21329 this to be a child of the containing function.
21331 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
21332 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
21333 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
21334 the function is likely unreachable too. */
21335 tree context = NULL_TREE;
21337 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
21339 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
21340 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21341 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
21342 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21344 gcc_assert (context
21345 && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL
21346 || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL));
21348 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
21350 add_child_die (origin, die);
21352 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21357 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21359 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die);
21361 for (node = deferred_asm_name; node; node = node->next)
21363 tree decl = node->created_for;
21364 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
21366 add_AT_string (node->die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
21367 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
21368 move_linkage_attr (node->die);
21372 deferred_asm_name = NULL;
21374 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
21375 emit full debugging info for them. */
21376 retry_incomplete_types ();
21378 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
21379 prune_unused_types ();
21381 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
21382 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
21383 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
21384 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
21386 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
21387 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
21389 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die);
21391 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
21392 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
21394 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21396 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
21397 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
21398 references to the main compile unit). */
21399 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21400 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode->root_die);
21401 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die);
21403 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
21404 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
21405 referenced. Prune them. */
21406 prune_unused_types ();
21409 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
21410 that have children. */
21411 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
21412 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21413 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
21414 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21415 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode->root_die);
21417 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
21418 switch_to_section (text_section);
21419 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
21420 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
21422 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
21423 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
21426 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
21428 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
21429 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
21431 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
21432 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
21437 unsigned fde_idx = 0;
21438 bool range_list_added = false;
21440 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
21441 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
21442 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
21443 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
21444 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
21445 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx);
21446 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
21448 if (text_section_used)
21449 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, text_section_label,
21450 text_end_label, &range_list_added);
21451 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition && cold_text_section_used)
21452 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, cold_text_section_label,
21453 cold_end_label, &range_list_added);
21455 for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++)
21457 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx];
21459 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
21461 if (!fde->in_std_section)
21462 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
21463 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
21464 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
21465 &range_list_added);
21466 if (!fde->cold_in_std_section)
21467 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
21468 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
21469 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
21470 &range_list_added);
21472 else if (!fde->in_std_section)
21473 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, fde->dw_fde_begin,
21474 fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added);
21477 if (range_list_added)
21481 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
21482 if (have_location_lists)
21484 /* Output the location lists info. */
21485 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
21486 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
21487 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21488 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
21489 output_location_lists (die);
21492 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21493 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21494 debug_line_section_label);
21496 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21497 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
21499 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
21500 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
21501 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21502 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
21504 comdat_type_table = htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash, htab_ct_eq, NULL);
21505 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21507 void **slot = htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table, ctnode, INSERT);
21509 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
21510 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
21513 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
21514 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
21516 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21517 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode->root_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21518 debug_line_section_label);
21520 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode);
21523 htab_delete (comdat_type_table);
21525 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
21526 has been emitted. */
21527 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE);
21529 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
21530 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
21531 output_abbrev_section ();
21533 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
21534 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table))
21536 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
21537 output_pubnames (pubname_table);
21540 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
21541 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
21542 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
21543 simply won't look for the section. */
21544 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table))
21546 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
21547 output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
21550 /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
21551 if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry, dcall_table))
21553 switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section);
21554 output_dcall_table ();
21556 if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry, vcall_table))
21558 switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section);
21559 output_vcall_table ();
21562 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
21563 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
21564 if (fde_table_in_use)
21566 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
21570 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
21571 if (ranges_table_in_use)
21573 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
21574 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
21578 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
21579 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
21580 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
21581 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
21582 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
21583 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
21584 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
21586 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
21587 output_line_info ();
21590 /* Have to end the macro section. */
21591 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21593 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21594 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
21597 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
21599 if (debug_str_hash)
21600 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
21604 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
21605 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
21609 0, /* assembly_start */
21612 0, /* start_source_file */
21613 0, /* end_source_file */
21614 0, /* begin_block */
21616 0, /* ignore_block */
21617 0, /* source_line */
21618 0, /* begin_prologue */
21619 0, /* end_prologue */
21620 0, /* end_epilogue */
21621 0, /* begin_function */
21622 0, /* end_function */
21623 0, /* function_decl */
21624 0, /* global_decl */
21626 0, /* imported_module_or_decl */
21627 0, /* deferred_inline_function */
21628 0, /* outlining_inline_function */
21630 0, /* handle_pch */
21631 0, /* var_location */
21632 0, /* switch_text_section */
21633 0, /* direct_call */
21634 0, /* virtual_call_token */
21635 0, /* copy_call_info */
21636 0, /* virtual_call */
21638 0 /* start_end_main_source_file */
21641 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
21643 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"